#LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/
-\lyxformat 609
+\lyxformat 615
\begin_document
\begin_header
\save_transient_properties true
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\noindent
-If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation, please
- send them to the \SpecialChar LyX
- Documentation mailing list:
+If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation,
+ please send them to the \SpecialChar LyX
+ Documentation mailing list:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
\SpecialChar LyX
is a document preparation system.
It is a tool for producing beautiful manu\SpecialChar softhyphen
-scripts, publishable books, business
- letters and proposals,
+scripts,
+ publishable books,
+ business letters and proposals,
+
\change_deleted 5863208 1598113909
and
\change_unchanged
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
- editing style.
- That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
+ in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core editing style.
+ That means that when you type a section header,
+ you mark it as a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, not as
+,
+ not as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Bold, 17
+Bold,
+ 17
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pt type, left justified, 5
+pt type,
+ left justified,
+ 5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
.
\SpecialChar LyX
- takes care of the typesetting for you; so you deal only with concepts,
+ takes care of the typesetting for you;
+ so you deal only with concepts,
not with mechanics.
\end_layout
Introduction
\emph default
manual.
- If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
- Yes, we mean now.
+ If you haven't read it yet,
+ you need to.
+ Yes,
+ we mean now.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Introduction
\emph default
manual describes several things in addition to \SpecialChar LyX
-'s philosophy: most importantly,
+'s philosophy:
+ most importantly,
the format of all of the manuals.
- If you don't read it, you will have a difficult time navigating the manuals.
- Additionally it provides a high level content description of the other
- manuals giving the user an idea of where to look for specific information.
+ If you don't read it,
+ you will have a difficult time navigating the manuals.
+ Additionally it provides a high level content description of the other manuals giving the user an idea of where to look for specific information.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Like most applications, \SpecialChar LyX
- has the familiar menu bar across the top of its
- window.
+Like most applications,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ has the familiar menu bar across the top of its window.
Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
- There is of course a work area for editing documents complete with a vertical
- scrollbar.
+ There is of course a work area for editing documents complete with a vertical scrollbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
- This is not a bug or an oversight, it is intentional.
- When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
- next line.
- Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
- only a vertical scrollbar.
+ This is not a bug or an oversight,
+ it is intentional.
+ When you read a book,
+ you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the next line.
+ Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion,
+ hence the need for only a vertical scrollbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
The first case is large images.
- To avoid images being displayed larger than your screen, left click on
- the image and use the option
+ To avoid images being displayed larger than your screen,
+ left click on the image and use the option
\family sans
Scale on Screen
\family default
options
\family default
.
- The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
- the \SpecialChar LyX
+ The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than the \SpecialChar LyX
window.
You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through both.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
For a brief description of all \SpecialChar LyX
- menus and toolbar buttons, have a look at
- Appendix
+ menus and toolbar buttons,
+ have a look at Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
\SpecialChar LyX
- is able to inspect your system to see what programs, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ is able to inspect your system to see what programs,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
document classes,
and \SpecialChar LaTeX
packages are available.
- It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
- settings.
+ It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences settings.
Although this configuration was performed when \SpecialChar LyX
was installed on your system,
- you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
+ you might have some items that you installed locally,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
new \SpecialChar LaTeX
- classes, which are not seen by \SpecialChar LyX
+ classes,
+ which are not seen by \SpecialChar LyX
.
To force \SpecialChar LyX
to re-inspect your system use
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can edit documents in \SpecialChar LyX
without having \SpecialChar LaTeX
- installed but you will not be
- able to create PDFs
+ installed but you will not be able to create PDFs
\change_deleted 5863208 1598122369
or print your documents
\change_unchanged
every \SpecialChar LyX
document can still be output as plain text
\change_inserted 5863208 1598122500
-, as Docbook
+,
+ as Docbook
\change_unchanged
or as XHTML.
\end_layout
or DocBook
\change_unchanged
classes or packages.
- Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
- files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
+ Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required files installed,
+ but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The \SpecialChar LaTeX
packages that \SpecialChar LyX
- finds on your system are listed in a file you can view
- from the menu
+ finds on your system are listed in a file you can view from the menu
\family sans
Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
LaTeX
Configuration
\family default
.
- If you are missing needed packages then you must install them and then
- reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
+ If you are missing needed packages then you must install them and then reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
(menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family default
).
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Section
Basic File Operations
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
File
\family default
- menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations common to any word
- processor as well as some more advanced operations:
+ menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations common to any word processor as well as some more advanced operations:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-New,
+New,
+
\family default
\begin_inset Info
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Template,
+Template,
+
\family default
\begin_inset Info
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Open,
+Open,
+
\family default
\begin_inset Info
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Close,
+Close,
+
\family default
\begin_inset Info
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Save,
+Save,
+
\family default
\begin_inset Info
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-As,
+As,
+
\family default
\begin_inset Info
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Exit,
+Exit,
+
\family default
\begin_inset Info
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-They all do pretty much the same thing as other word processors, with a
- few minor differences.
+They all do pretty much the same thing as other word processors,
+ with a few minor differences.
The
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
\change_inserted -712698321 1553353491
and possibly propose text fragments
\change_unchanged
-for the document, features
+for the document,
+ features
\change_inserted -712698321 1553353500
and text
\change_unchanged
or enter
\change_unchanged
manually.
- They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
- (see section
+ They can be of use for certain classes,
+ especially those for writing letters (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Document-Classes"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
\change_inserted -712698321 1553353657
- You can also add your own templates to this list by means of storing a
- \SpecialChar LyX
+ You can also add your own templates to this list by means of storing a \SpecialChar LyX
file with the
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
There is no
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Unless you tell \SpecialChar LyX
- to open a file or create a new one, that big
+ to open a file or create a new one,
+ that big
\change_deleted 5863208 1598174669
,
+
\change_unchanged
blank space
\change_inserted 5863208 1598174681
on the screen
\change_unchanged
-is just that — a big
+is just that —
+ a big
\change_deleted 5863208 1598174691
,
+
\change_unchanged
blank space.
\end_layout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
- in \SpecialChar LyX
+If you plan to do this,
+ you should check out the Version Control feature in \SpecialChar LyX
\change_deleted 5863208 1598174722
also
saved
\family default
will reload the document from disk.
- You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
- and want to restore it to the last save
+ You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document and want to restore it to the last save
\change_inserted 5863208 1598174796
d version
\change_unchanged
Control
\family default
-you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
- them as your changes.
+you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify them as your changes.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676620203
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676622914
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Safety-Nets"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Safety Nets:
+ Rescuing Files If Things Go Awry
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676623979
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ lays much stress on safety.
+ We know how much effort you invest in your work,
+ and thus the last thing we want is that this work gets lost.
+ However,
+ we cannot completely prevent bad things from happening:
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ might crash (although we put in all effort that it doesn't),
+ you might face a power outage while you are working on a document with unsaved changes,
+ disks might get corrupt or files might get lost or damaged during synchronization or simply because you deleted it by mistake.
+ For such cases,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ provides a multi-layered safety net that will hopefully prevent you from major hassles.
+ This means that \SpecialChar LyX
+ does not simply make a backup file,
+ it makes several such files that might be useful in different scenarios.
+ Parts of this multi-layered net can be switched off,
+ if you prefer to go a bit more risky over having multiple files (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Backup documents"
+
+\end_inset
+
+),
+ but all measures are on by default to provide you with most possible security.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676624009
+In what follows,
+ we elaborate on the diverse files and when they might become useful.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676624109
+Backup Files
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676629660
+By default,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ makes backup copies of files when they are saved.
+ Normally,
+ these files are stored in the same directory than the original file and with the same file name but the extension
+\family typewriter
+.lyx~
+\family default
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+
+\family typewriter
+myfile.lyx~
+\family default
+).
+ If you prefer to have all backups in a central place (and maybe on a separate disk),
+ you can specify a
+\family sans
+Backup Path
+\family default
+ in preferences (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Paths"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+),
+ then all backups are stored there.
+ In order to prevent file name clashes,
+ the files then do not simply have the original file name,
+ but also the path in their name,
+ separated by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+
+\family typewriter
+!home!paula!work!myfile.lyx~
+\family default
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676624464
+Note that some file managers hide backup files by default,
+ and you need to enable
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Show hidden files
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in order to see them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676624516
+Backup files provide the latest saved version of a document.
+ They are never deleted by \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ but overwritten if new changes are saved in the original file.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676633415
+Auto-Save Snapshots
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676624657
+By default,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ also makes automatic snapshots of all opened documents that have unsaved changes in a regular time interval (which can be adjusted in preferences,
+ see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Backup documents"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ As opposed to the backup files,
+ these also contain unsaved changes and thus might be newer than the backups.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676624841
+These files are always stored in the same directory than the original file and with the same name,
+ but embraced by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+
+\family typewriter
+#myfile.lyx#
+\family default
+).
+ Auto-save snapshots are deleted when a document is closed normally,
+ i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+e.,
+ with all changes saved.
+ They are left on disk in case of non-normal termination (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+ program crash or power outage),
+ and this is when they might become useful.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676633419
+Emergency Files
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676629567
+If \SpecialChar LyX
+ crashes and documents have unsaved changes,
+ the program furthermore tries to write an emergency file,
+ which is a version of the document containing all unsaved changes,
+ even those that have been made after the latest snapshot.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676625158
+These files are always stored in the same directory than the original file and with the same name but the extension
+\family typewriter
+.lyx.emergency
+\family default
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+
+\family typewriter
+myfile.lyx.emergency
+\family default
+).
+ When the respective document is reopened with \SpecialChar LyX
+ next time,
+ the application recognizes the emergency file and asks you whether it should try to recover your file to that last state.
+ If you agree,
+ it will do so,
+ and if this succeeds it will ask you next whether the emergency file can be deleted.
+ Agree on this only after you checked that everything has been correctly recovered!
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676633427
+Backup Files from Old \SpecialChar LyX
+ Versions
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676625452
+If you open a \SpecialChar LyX
+ document for the first time with a new major version of \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ it gets converted to the new file format (allowing for new features).
+ In such cases,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ keeps a copy of the old version,
+ named as
+\family typewriter
+<filename>-lyxformat-<n>.lyx
+\family default
+,
+ where <n> is the old format (e.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+
+\family typewriter
+myfile-lyxformat-474.lyx
+\family default
+).
+ Those files are stored at the same location than the backup files,
+ that is alongside the original document or,
+ if specified,
+ in the backup directory.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676625483
+As with backup files,
+ these files are never deleted by \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676625510
+When to Use Which File?
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676625539
+Now why all these files?
+ Because they have different purposes.
+ Generally spoken:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676625820
+If \SpecialChar LyX
+ terminates unexpectedly,
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676625790
+first try to restore from the emergency file (by reopening the document in \SpecialChar LyX
+).
+ This file has the latest changes,
+ even changes you made after the last auto-save snapshot has been made.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676634256
+If the rescue file way did not work because there is no rescue file (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+ after a power outage) or the rescue file is damaged (it might happen in mean cases that the rescue files contains just that latest addition that makes \SpecialChar LyX
+ crash!),
+ look if there is an auto-save snapshot.
+ If so,
+ remove the trailing # so that the file can be opened with \SpecialChar LyX
+ (not the first # in order to keep the original file until you checked the snapshot) and see if that works for you.
+ If so,
+ you will have lost five minutes of work in the worst case (with the default settings at least).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676626178
+If there is no auto-save snapshot or this one is garbled as well,
+ use the backup file.
+ It does not have all the unsaved changes,
+ but it might still be the most recent you can get.
+ This is particularly the case if the original file itself got lost or is damaged.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676626301
+The fourth type of file,
+ the backup file from old versions,
+ is useful if the conversion process did not work and results in a non-working document (although we put in all efforts to prevent this) or if you mistakenly opened and saved a document with a newer version (such as a development version) and actually want to keep on using the old version.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676629641
+So much for the safety net.
+ We hope you will not need it,
+ but if so,
+ that it catches you as high up as possible.
+ Now let us return to the actual writing process.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Basic Editing Features
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Like most modern word processors, \SpecialChar LyX
- can perform cut and paste operations
- on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
- delete whole words as well as individual characters.
+Like most modern word processors,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ can perform cut and paste operations on blocks of text,
+ can move by character,
+ word,
+ or page of text,
+ and can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
The next four sections cover the basic \SpecialChar LyX
- editing features and how to access
- them.
+ editing features and how to access them.
We will start with cut and paste.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As you might expect, the
+As you might expect,
+ the
\family sans
Edit
\family default
- menu and the standard toolbar have the cut and paste commands, along with
- various other editing features.
+ menu and the standard toolbar have the cut and paste commands,
+ along with various other editing features.
Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
The basic ones are:
\end_layout
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-,
+,
+
\family default
\begin_inset Info
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-,
+,
+
\family default
\begin_inset Info
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paste"
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-,
+,
+
\family default
\begin_inset Info
\family sans
Cut
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Copy
\family default
\family sans
Copy
\family default
- put two versions of text into the clipboard (formatted and unformatted)
- so that other programs can choose the most suitable form.
+ put two versions of text into the clipboard (formatted and unformatted) so that other programs can choose the most suitable form.
\family sans
Paste
\family default
supports formatted and unformatted text as well as graphics.
It tries to interpret the clipboard contents in an intelligent way.
- For example if the clipboard contains text in a Comma Separated Values
- (CSV) format and the cursor is inside a table, the text will be pasted
- into individual cells.
+ For example if the clipboard contains text in a Comma Separated Values (CSV) format and the cursor is inside a table,
+ the text will be pasted into individual cells.
The submenu of
\family sans
Paste
Recent
\family default
shows you a list of the last several strings you have pasted.
- You can insert one at the current cursor position by clicking on a list
- entry.
+ You can insert one at the current cursor position by clicking on a list entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Special
\family default
- may also contain optional items for specific formats depending on the clipboard
- contents.
- Possible formats include HTML, \SpecialChar LaTeX
-, PDF, Linkback
+ may also contain optional items for specific formats depending on the clipboard contents.
+ Possible formats include HTML,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ PDF,
+ Linkback
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, PNG, JPEG and EMF.
- These menu items are useful if the clipboard contains the same contents
- in different formats and you want to select one format explicitly.
+,
+ PNG,
+ JPEG and EMF.
+ These menu items are useful if the clipboard contains the same contents in different formats and you want to select one format explicitly.
(E.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-some programs put an image into the clipboard as graphics and as a short
- text which is often meaningless.)
+some programs put an image into the clipboard as graphics and as a short text which is often meaningless.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Paste
\family default
with the only difference being that it acts on text only.
- It will paste the text in the clipboard such that the whole text selection
- is inserted as one paragraph.
+ It will paste the text in the clipboard such that the whole text selection is inserted as one paragraph.
A new paragraph is only started where there is a blank line in the text.
Without
\family sans
\end_inset
Lines,
+
\family default
line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph.
- This is useful when copying contents of tables from webpages to a table
- in \SpecialChar LyX
+ This is useful when copying contents of tables from webpages to a table in \SpecialChar LyX
.
The items
\family sans
dialog
\change_unchanged
.
- Once you have found a word or expression, \SpecialChar LyX
+ Once you have found a word or expression,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
selects it.
\change_deleted -712698321 1613466954
\change_unchanged
word
\change_inserted -712698321 1613466747
-, or
+,
+ or
\family sans
<
\begin_inset space ~
.
\change_inserted -712698321 1613466989
-Even if you close the widget,
+Even if you close the widget,
+
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "word-find"
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1613467208
-Furthermore, the following options are available:
+Furthermore,
+ the following options are available:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
option
\change_unchanged
can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search word.
- If the toggle is set, searching for
+ If the toggle is set,
+ searching for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
option
\change_unchanged
can be used to force \SpecialChar LyX
- to only find complete words, e.
+ to only find complete words,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\change_deleted 5863208 1598126824
,
+
\change_unchanged
searching for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\family sans
Selection only
\family default
- will limit search and replace, or replace all, to the current cursor selection.
+ will limit search and replace,
+ or replace all,
+ to the current cursor selection.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Search as you type
\family default
- starts searching (forwards) immediately on input, without pressing the
-
+ starts searching (forwards) immediately on input,
+ without pressing the
\family sans
Find
\begin_inset space ~
\family sans
Wrap
\family default
- starts from the beginning/end of the document if the end/beginning has
- been reached without asking.
- If this is not checked, a dialog will pop up asking you what to do.
+ starts from the beginning/end of the document if the end/beginning has been reached without asking.
+ If this is not checked,
+ a dialog will pop up asking you what to do.
Note that responding to this dialog makes the cursor leave the search widget,
so you need to put it back manually.
\end_layout
\family sans
Minimize
\family default
- button that lets you shrink the widget to only the first row (the search
- widget), hiding replace and options.
- If done so, an
+ button that lets you shrink the widget to only the first row (the search widget),
+ hiding replace and options.
+ If done so,
+ an
\change_deleted 630872221 1620400535
d
\change_inserted -712698321 1613467875
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Things like notes, floats, etc.
+Things like notes,
+ floats,
+ etc.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
) can be dissolved.
- This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
- text.
- Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
- inset and pressing
+ This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal text.
+ Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an inset and pressing
\family sans
Backspace
\family default
arg "inset-select-all"
\end_inset
- consecutively will increase the selection scope to the whole inset and
- then to the whole document.
+ consecutively will increase the selection scope to the whole inset and then to the whole document.
The shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
\end_inset
- selects the whole document in every case and puts the cursor to the end
- of the document.
+ selects the whole document in every case and puts the cursor to the end of the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Undo and Redo
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
+If you make a mistake,
+ you can easily recover from it.
\SpecialChar LyX
has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
Select
\end_inset
to undo a mistake.
- If you accidentally undo too much, use
+ If you accidentally undo too much,
+ use
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Redo
\begin_layout Standard
\change_deleted -131811572 1600338243
-Note that if you undo all changes to arrive at the document as it was last
- saved, the
+Note that if you undo all changes to arrive at the document as it was last saved,
+ the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family default
work on almost everything in \SpecialChar LyX
.
- However they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by
- blocks of text.
+ However they will not undo or redo text character by character,
+ but by blocks of text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Mouse Operations
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
's buffer (and the clipboard).
\change_inserted 5863208 1598175891
- You can also use the context menu triggered by right clicking on the selected
- text.
+ You can also use the context menu triggered by right clicking on the selected text.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
+Insets (Footnotes,
+ Notes,
+ Floats,
+ etc.)
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Navigate
\family default
- menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
- click to jump to the corresponding document part.
+ menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click to jump to the corresponding document part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-The “Outline”, which is accessed either by the menu
+The “Outline”,
+ which is accessed either by the menu
\family sans
View\SpecialChar menuseparator
Outline
Back
\family default
) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
- This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
- to another document part to look for something and want to go back to your
- last editing position.
+ This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled to another document part to look for something and want to go back to your last editing position.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Navigating ! Outline
+Navigating
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Outline
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window you can choose between
- several different lists including other TOC-like objects such as lists
- of tables and figures, footnotes, labels and cross-references (see section
+In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window you can choose between several different lists including other TOC-like objects such as lists of tables and figures,
+ footnotes,
+ labels and cross-references (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-), notes, or citations (see section
+),
+ notes,
+ or citations (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
- Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
- document.
+ Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In many cases right clicking on elements in the Outline opens a context
- menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
- For example with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
- dialog and to modify the citation.
+In many cases right clicking on elements in the Outline opens a context menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
+ For example with citations,
+ the context menu allows you to open the citation dialog and to modify the citation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Filter
\family default
field at the top allows you to filter which entries appear in the outline.
- For example, if you are displaying the list of
+ For example,
+ if you are displaying the list of
\emph on
Labels and References
\emph default
- and wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
-
+ and wish to see only references to subsections,
+ you can enter the text
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-At the bottom of the outline are several buttons that allow you to further
- control the display.
+At the bottom of the outline are several buttons that allow you to further control the display.
The
\family sans
Sort
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-3, the subsections of sections
+3,
+ the subsections of sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
3.
- Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
-
+ Finally,
+ the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
nt
\change_unchanged
).
- Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
- in your document.
+ Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections in your document.
The
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
\end_inset
buttons move sections up and down in the document.
- For example, you can move section
+ For example,
+ you can move section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By right-clicking on a section in the outliner you can select the whole
- section to copy, cut or delete it.
+By right-clicking on a section in the outliner you can select the whole section to copy,
+ cut or delete it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Horizontal Scrolling
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Navigating ! Horizontal Scrolling
+Navigating
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Horizontal
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Scrolling
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- does not have a horizontal scrollbar because standard output page formats
- such as ISO
+ does not have a horizontal scrollbar because standard output page formats such as ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
A4 are not as wide as PC or laptop screens.
- Therefore you will have trouble with the output of your document if document
- parts exceed the width of the \SpecialChar LyX
+ Therefore you will have trouble with the output of your document if document parts exceed the width of the \SpecialChar LyX
main screen.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
For these cases \SpecialChar LyX
- has an mechanism that scrolls automatically when the cursor
- is moved.
+ has an mechanism that scrolls automatically when the cursor is moved.
As an example shrink the \SpecialChar LyX
window so that table
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Horizontal-scrollong-test"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
is wider.
- You will now see a dotted red line on the right and/or left side of the
- table.
- Put the cursor into the table and move it with the Tab or the arrow keys
- to see the horizontal scrolling of the table.
+ You will now see a dotted red line on the right and/or left side of the table.
+ Put the cursor into the table and move it with the Tab or the arrow keys to see the horizontal scrolling of the table.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
- opened.
- Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
- is used to propose completions.
+ provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently opened.
+ Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that is used to propose completions.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
popup
\family default
the completions are always shown in a popup.
- The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
-
+ The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
\family sans
Cursor
\begin_inset space ~
indicator
\family default
.
- With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
- popup completion, you can set the minimal number of characters a word must
- have that it will be taken into account for a completion and you can choose
- if long completions should be abbreviated.
+ With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and popup completion,
+ you can set the minimal number of characters a word must have that it will be taken into account for a completion and you can choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- displays a small triangle after the cursor as an indicator that there are
- completions available.
+ displays a small triangle after the cursor as an indicator that there are completions available.
Press the
\family sans
Tab
\family default
key to accept a proposed completion.
- If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
+ If several completions are possible,
+ a popup is opened showing them.
You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys
\change_deleted 5863208 1598126826
,
+
\change_unchanged
and accept the chosen completion by pressing
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
-ing options for text.
+The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the corresponding options for text.
\change_inserted -563046850 1560340017
-Additionally,
+Additionally,
+
\change_deleted -563046850 1560340019
T
\change_inserted -563046850 1560340019
enables characters to be composed.
\change_deleted 5863208 1598180192
-If, f
+If,
+ f
\change_inserted 5863208 1598180192
F
\change_unchanged
or example,
+
\change_inserted 5863208 1598180208
if
\change_unchanged
\begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
\end_inset
-, you can
+,
+ you can
\change_deleted 5863208 1598180217
then
\change_unchanged
\change_inserted 5863208 1598180246
T
\change_unchanged
-his is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use of the
- math toolbar.
+his is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use of the math toolbar.
A list
\change_deleted 5863208 1598180267
with
's installation folder.
\change_deleted -563046850 1560340086
-Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
- mark key “!”.
+Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation mark key “!”.
Pressing
\family sans
Space
Undo
\family default
after autocorrection has done its magic leaves the un-corrected sequence.
- In the example above,
+ In the example above,
+
\family sans
Undo
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, and a second
+,
+ and a second
\family sans
Undo
\family default
\begin_layout Section
Basic Key Bindings
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bindings|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+Bindings
+\begin_inset IndexMacro see
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
Key Bindings
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Shortcuts|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+Shortcuts
+\begin_inset IndexMacro see
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
Key Bindings
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are at least two different primary binding maps:
+There are at least two different primary binding maps:
+
\family typewriter
cua
\family default
\family typewriter
cua
\family default
-, which can be changed in the \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ which can be changed in the \SpecialChar LyX
preferences under
\family sans
Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Editing-Shortcuts"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Some keys, like
+Some keys,
+ like
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
Up
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
Down
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Left
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Right
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Up
\family default
\family sans
Down
\family default
-, do exactly what you expect them to do.
+,
+ do exactly what you expect them to do.
Other keys don't:
\end_layout
\family default
There is no such thing as a tab stop in \SpecialChar LyX
.
- If you do not understand this, go read sections
+ If you do not understand this,
+ go read sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-, especially section
+,
+ especially section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Lists"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-, right now.
- Yes, right now.
- If you are still confused, look in the
+,
+ right now.
+ Yes,
+ right now.
+ If you are still confused,
+ look in the
\emph on
Tutorial
\emph default
\family sans
Tab
\family default
- key is only used to accept proposed input completions, to move the cursor
- in tables or math matrices or to change the nesting level in Itemize or
- Enumerate.
+ key is only used to accept proposed input completions,
+ to move the cursor in tables or math matrices or to change the nesting level in Itemize or Enumerate.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- It is used, generically, to cancel operations.
+ It is used,
+ generically,
+ to cancel operations.
Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
\end_layout
\family sans
Home/End
\family default
- These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
- unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
- or end of the file.
+ These move the cursor,
+ respectively,
+ to the beginning and end of a line,
+ unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning or end of the file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
- in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses depending
- on which keys it is used in combination with:
+ in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses depending on which keys it is used in combination with:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\family sans
Delete
\family default
-, it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
+,
+ it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Right
\family default
-, it moves by words instead of characters.
+,
+ it moves by words instead of characters.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
End
\family default
-, it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
+,
+ it moves to the beginning and the end of the document,
+ respectively.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\end_inset
- in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
- the text between the old and new cursor positions.
+ in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select the text between the old and new cursor positions.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\end_inset
- in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
- your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
- If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
- the
+ in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards,
+ unless your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
+ If you have both keys,
+ you will need to try out which one actually performs the
\family sans
Alt+
\family default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-This key does many different things, but it also activates the
+This key does many different things,
+ but it also activates the
\emph on
menu accelerator keys
\emph default
.
- If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
- menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
+ If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a menu or menu item,
+ it selects that menu item.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-For example, the sequence
+For example,
+ the sequence
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
You will learn more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use \SpecialChar LyX
- because
- most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the bottom
- of \SpecialChar LyX
-'s main window describing the name of the action you have just triggered
- and any existing key bindings for that action.
+ because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the bottom of \SpecialChar LyX
+'s main window describing the name of the action you have just triggered and any existing key bindings for that action.
\SpecialChar LyX
menus also list the defined key bindings.
- The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
- in this documentation so you should not have any problems understanding
- it.
- However notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
+ The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used in this documentation so you should not have any problems understanding it.
+ However notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned,
+ so
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\SpecialChar LyX
Basics
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LyX
- ! Basics
+
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Basics
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Document Types
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Types
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Types
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
- need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
- Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
- numbering schemes, and so on.
- Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
+Before you do anything else,
+ before you ever start writing a document,
+ you need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
+ Different types of documents use different types of spacing,
+ headings,
+ numbering schemes,
+ and so on.
+ Additionally,
+ different documents use different paragraph environments,
and format the title of your document differently.
\end_layout
document class
\emph default
describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
- By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
+ By setting the document class,
+ you automatically select these properties,
making it easier to create the type of document you want.
- If you don't choose a document class, \SpecialChar LyX
+ If you don't choose a document class,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
picks one for you by default.
So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Document Classes
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Classes
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Classes
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
dialog.
- Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
- you may need.
+ Select the class you want to use,
+ and make any fine tunings of the options you may need.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are also some non-standard classes, which \SpecialChar LyX
- only uses if you have installed
- the corresponding \SpecialChar LaTeX
- class files, though most \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distributions will include
- many of these.
+There are also some non-standard classes,
+ which \SpecialChar LyX
+ only uses if you have installed the corresponding \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ class files,
+ though most \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distributions will include many of these.
Here are some of the classes.
The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
\emph on
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
- Society
+ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry Society
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
- Union
+AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical Union
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
- Mathematical Society (AMS).
+AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American Mathematical Society (AMS).
There are three article layouts available.
- The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
- prepends the section number to the number of the result.
- All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
- together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
+ The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc.,
+ that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
+ All result-type statements (propositions,
+ corollaries,
+ and so on) are sequenced together,
+ but definitions,
+ examples,
+ and the like have their own sequence.
The
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
- them throughout the article in a single sequence.
+ scheme does not place the section number with each result,
+ but numbers them throughout the article in a single sequence.
Each type of result gets its own sequence.
There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Broadway Layout for writing plays.
It is not an existing \SpecialChar LaTeX
- document class, but a new one that is distributed
- with \SpecialChar LyX
+ document class,
+ but a new one that is distributed with \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
It is not an existing \SpecialChar LaTeX
- document class, but a new one that is distributed
- with \SpecialChar LyX
+ document class,
+ but a new one that is distributed with \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
- and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
+IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
- like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
+KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes,
+ offers many useful features like caption formatting,
+ automatic print space calculation etc.
(Is used by this document.)
\end_layout
\family sans
TeX
\family default
- is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
- Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
- of America (OSA).
+ is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical Society (APS),
+ American Institute of Physics (AIP),
+ and Optical Society of America (OSA).
This class is not completely compatible with all \SpecialChar LyX
features.
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
- for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
+Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
- here.
+We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes here.
You can find details about the non-standard classes in chapter
\emph on
Special Document Classes
Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
- Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
- of the document classes.
+ Here,
+ we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all of the document classes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Document Class
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\family default
-are marked as
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ are marked as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
- saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
- not installed.
+ If you open a document that uses such a class,
+ you will receive a warning saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed.
So it may seem that something is wrong.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Nothing is wrong.
\SpecialChar LyX
- includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use, and
- some of them, like
+ includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
+ and some of them,
+ like
\family sans
IOP
\family default
-, are highly specialized.
+,
+ are highly specialized.
\SpecialChar LyX
- tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and
- it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number.
+ tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
+ and it includes almost one hundred different layout files,
+ with a growing number.
No \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
- by some document class.
+ distribution will install by default all files that might be needed by some document class.
There are just too many of them.
That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
\end_layout
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, you just need to install the appropriate package files.
- The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
- document class for a new file.
+,
+ you just need to install the appropriate package files.
+ The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that document class for a new file.
\SpecialChar LyX
will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
See section
\begin_layout Standard
Although \SpecialChar LyX
- provides support for many different sorts of documents, it does
- not include support for every document class people might want to use.
- For example, many universities provide \SpecialChar LaTeX
- class files to be used for dissertation
-s submitted to those universities.
+ provides support for many different sorts of documents,
+ it does not include support for every document class people might want to use.
+ For example,
+ many universities provide \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ class files to be used for dissertations submitted to those universities.
The \SpecialChar LyX
team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
There are too many.
- Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
- done so.
+ Fortunately,
+ users can write their own layout files,
+ and many users have done so.
Chapter
\emph on
-Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+Installing New Document Classes,
+ Layouts,
+ and Templates
\emph default
of the
\emph on
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Modules
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Modules
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
- chosen document class.
+Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the chosen document class.
For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
- This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
-ing module in the
+ This is not available in any document class,
+ so you have to load the corresponding module in the
\family sans
Modules
\family default
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
dialog.
- Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
- it does.
+ Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what it does.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Some modules require \SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages or file format converters that are not always
- installed by default.
+ packages or file format converters that are not always installed by default.
\SpecialChar LyX
- will warn you if you do not have a required package or converter, and
- it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
- You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
- be able to export to PDF or print your document, since \SpecialChar LyX
- will not be able
- to compile the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ will warn you if you do not have a required package or converter,
+ and it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
+ You can still use the module while editing your file,
+ but you will not be able to export to PDF or print your document,
+ since \SpecialChar LyX
+ will not be able to compile the \SpecialChar LaTeX
file without the missing prerequisites.
- If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
- install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
+ If you want to be able to produce this kind of output,
+ then you need to install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
by selecting
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
- Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
+ Some modules require other modules,
+ and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
\SpecialChar LyX
will advise you about these things.
\end_layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Local Layout
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Local Layout
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Modules are to \SpecialChar LyX
much as packages are to \SpecialChar LaTeX
-: They are intended to be used in
- a variety of different documents.
- If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
- documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
- Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
- need a specific inset or
+:
+ They are intended to be used in a variety of different documents.
+ If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different documents,
+ you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
+ Sometimes,
+ however,
+ a particular document has very special needs,
+ but you need a specific inset or
\change_deleted -712698321 1525757388
character
\change_inserted 5863208 1598182122
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
- heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
+ heading;
+ the rest do not and begin instead with the
\family sans
Section
\family default
heading.
- Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
- headings.
+ Some document classes,
+ such as the ones for letters,
+ don't use any section headings.
In addition to
\family sans
Chapter
\family sans
Section
\family default
- headings, there are also
+ headings,
+ there are also
\family sans
Subsection
\family default
- headings,
+ headings,
+
\family sans
Subsubsection
\family default
- headings, and so on.
+ headings,
+ and so on.
We will describe these headings fully in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Headings"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Layout
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Layout
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
Class
\family default
-, you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
- list.
+,
+ you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated list.
This is only necessary if \SpecialChar LyX
- doesn't support special options you want to
- use for your document.
+ doesn't support special options you want to use for your document.
To learn more about your favorite \SpecialChar LaTeX
--class and its options, you have to read
- its manual.
+-class and its options,
+ you have to read its manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family default
Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
Whether \SpecialChar LyX
- uses the current chapter or the current section depends on the
- maximum sectioning level of the class.
+ uses the current chapter or the current section depends on the maximum sectioning level of the class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\family sans
fancy
\family default
- This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
- have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! fancyhdr
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+fancyhdr
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Paragraph-Separation"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Paper Size and Orientation
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Paper size
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paper size
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
dialog:
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-US letter, US legal, US executive
+US letter,
+ US legal,
+ US executive
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Margins
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Margins
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings
- because KOMA-Script calculates the print space automatically by taking
- the paper format and the font size into account.
+If you use a KOMA-Script document class,
+ you can use the default settings because KOMA-Script calculates the print space automatically by taking the paper format and the font size into account.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you change a document class, \SpecialChar LyX
- has to convert everything into the new
- class.
+If you change a document class,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ has to convert everything into the new class.
That includes the paragraph environments.
- Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
- classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
- If this is the case, and you change the document class, \SpecialChar LyX
- will mark the
- paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
+ Some paragraph environments are standard,
+ in so far as all of the document classes have them;
+ but some classes have special paragraph environments.
+ If this is the case,
+ and you change the document class,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will mark the paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
- the old class.
- But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
- will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
-s manually to a style present in your new document class.
+ The name of the style is retained,
+ in case you should want to go back to the old class.
+ But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting,
+ so you will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Paragraph Indentation and Separation
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph ! Indentation
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Indentation
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
- say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
+Before describing all of the various paragraph environments,
+ we'd like to say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\emph on
first
\emph default
- paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
- etc., is
+ paragraph of a section,
+ or after a figure,
+ an equation,
+ a table,
+ a list,
+ etc.,
+ is
\emph on
not
\emph default
indented.
Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
- Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
- language than English.
+ Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document language than English.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the language used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
- and text — in fact, all the spacing for just about everything —is pre-coded
- into \SpecialChar LyX
+The space between paragraphs,
+ like the line spacing,
+ the space between headings and text —
+ in fact,
+ all the spacing for just about everything —
+is pre-coded into \SpecialChar LyX
.
- As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
+ As we said,
+ you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
\SpecialChar LyX
takes care of that.
- In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
- range.
- That way, \SpecialChar LyX
- can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure figures
- fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom of
- a page, and so on.
+ In fact,
+ these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a range.
+ That way,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure figures fit on a page with text,
+ so that sections don't start at the bottom of a page,
+ and so on.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\end_inset
- However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
+ However,
+ pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
\SpecialChar LyX
gives you the ability globally to change
\emph on
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph ! Separation
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Separation
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
- to indent paragraphs or to add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
+ to indent paragraphs or to add extra space between paragraphs,
+ respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_inset
).
- If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
- button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
- this).
+ If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation,
+ this button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling this).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
- if you need to do some fine-tuning.
+You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph if you need to do some fine-tuning.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Line Spacing
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph ! Line spacing
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Line spacing
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
-\noun on
+\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\family default
-\noun default
- dialog you can set the line spacing for the whole document in the submenu
-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ dialog you can set the line spacing for the whole document in the submenu
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! setspace
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+setspace
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
- dialog but this should be used very exceptionally because vertical spacing
- is normally defined in the environment's style.
+ dialog but this should be used very exceptionally because vertical spacing is normally defined in the environment's style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph ! Environments
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Environments
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range start
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph environments|(
+Paragraph environments
\end_layout
\end_inset
command sequence in \SpecialChar LaTeX
files.
If you don't know \SpecialChar LaTeX
-, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
- alien to you, we urge you to read the
+,
+ or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally alien to you,
+ we urge you to read the
\emph on
Tutorial
\emph default
\end_inset
for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
- This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
- scheme, labels, and so on.
- Additionally, you can
+ This can include a particular style of font,
+ different margins,
+ a numbering scheme,
+ labels,
+ and so on.
+ Additionally,
+ you can
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
- to inherit some of the properties of another.
- The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
- tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hangovers from the days
- of typewriters.
- There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
- document type.
+ the different environments inside one another,
+ allowing one environment to inherit some of the properties of another.
+ The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy tab stops,
+ on the fly margin adjustment,
+ and other hangovers from the days of typewriters.
+ There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular document type.
We will only be covering the most common ones here.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
+To choose a new paragraph environment,
+ use the pull-down box
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
scale 70
entire
\emph default
paragraph in which the cursor sits.
- You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
- you select them before choosing the new environment.
+ You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if you select them before choosing the new environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Return
\family default
-, rather than resetting it to
+,
+ rather than resetting it to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
for most classes.
It creates a plain paragraph.
If \SpecialChar LyX
- resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
- In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
- this manual) are in the
+ resets the paragraph environment,
+ this is the one it chooses.
+ In fact,
+ the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in this manual) are in the
\family sans
Standard
\family default
\family sans
Standard
\family default
- environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
- in a
+ environment in just about anything else,
+ but you can't really nest anything in a
\family sans
Standard
\family default
\begin_layout Subsection
Document Title
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Title
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Title
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
A \SpecialChar LaTeX
- title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the author(s)
- and a
+ title page has three parts:
+ the title itself,
+ the name(s) of the author(s) and a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
for thanks or contact information.
- For certain types of documents, \SpecialChar LaTeX
- places all of this on a separate page
- along with today's date.
- For other types of documents, the title
+ For certain types of documents,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ places all of this on a separate page along with today's date.
+ For other types of documents,
+ the title
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
- environments
+ provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph environments
\family sans
Title
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Author
\family default
-, and
+,
+ and
\family sans
Date
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
- or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
- the
+If you want the date to have a certain appearance,
+ want to use a fixed date,
+ or want other text to appear in place of today's date,
+ put that text in the
\family sans
Date
\family default
environment.
Note that using this environment is optional.
- If you don't provide any, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ If you don't provide any,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
will automatically insert today's date.
- If you don't want a date, use the option
+ If you don't want a date,
+ use the option
\family sans
Suppress default date on front page
\family default
\begin_layout Subsection
Headings
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Numbered Headings
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Section headings ! Numbered
+Section headings
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Numbered
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
+ labels each heading with a series of numbers,
+ separated by periods.
The numbers describe where in the document you are.
- Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with
+ Unlike the other headings,
+ parts are numbered with
\change_inserted 5863208 1598182388
Roman numerals
\change_deleted 5863208 1598182398
\begin_layout Standard
Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
- For example, suppose you're writing a book.
+ For example,
+ suppose you're writing a book.
You group the book into chapters.
\SpecialChar LyX
does a similar grouping:
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
Not all document types use the
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-So, if you use the
+So,
+ if you use the
\family sans
Subsubsection
\family default
- environment to label a new sub-subsection, \SpecialChar LyX
+ environment to label a new sub-subsection,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
labels it with its number,
- along with the number of the subsection, section and, if applicable, chapter
- that it's in.
- For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
- label
+ along with the number of the subsection,
+ section and,
+ if applicable,
+ chapter that it's in.
+ For example:
+ the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Unnumbered Headings
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Section headings ! Unnumbered
+Section headings
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Unnumbered
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
at the end of their name.
- They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
- the table of contents, see section
+ They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in the table of contents,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:toc"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
- in the Table of Contents.
- Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
- class.
+You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear in the Table of Contents.
+ Now,
+ this doesn't remove any of the levels;
+ that's preset in the document class.
Just as certain classes start with
\family sans
Chapter
Section
\family default
.
- Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
+ Similarly,
+ not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
Most don't number
\family sans
Paragraph
\family default
dialog.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy \SpecialChar LyX
numbers a section heading.
- The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
- of contents.
+ The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table of contents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Short Titles of Headings
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Section headings ! Short titles
+Section headings
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Short titles
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
+Some section or chapter titles,
+ such as this one,
+ can get quite long.
This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
- For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
- title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
+ For example,
+ if the header of the page is set to show the current section title,
+ a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
avoiding the problem mentioned.
- To specify a short title, set the cursor behind the title and use the menu
-
+ To specify a short title,
+ set the cursor behind the title and use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Short
\family sans
Quote
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
-, and
+,
+ and
\family sans
Verse
\family default
.
Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
- They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
- the text they contain.
- They also allow nesting, so you can put a
+ They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below the text they contain.
+ They also allow nesting,
+ so you can put a
\family sans
Verse
\family default
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
-, as well as in some other paragraph environments.
+,
+ as well as in some other paragraph environments.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
-
+There is another feature of these three paragraph environments:
+ they do
\emph on
not
\emph default
Standard
\family default
when you start a new paragraph.
- So, you can type in that poem and merrily enter
+ So,
+ you can type in that poem and merrily enter
\family sans
Return
\family default
without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
- Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
- have to change back to the
+ Of course,
+ that means that,
+ once you are done typing in that poem,
+ you have to change back to the
\family sans
Standard
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
- time for the differences.
+Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments,
+ it's time for the differences.
\family sans
Quote
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
- are identical except for one difference:
+ are identical except for one difference:
+
\family sans
Quote
\family default
Quote
\family default
environment.
- I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
- wraps.
+ I can keep writing,
+ extending this line out further and further until it wraps.
See – no indentation!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
- Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
- the other paragraph.
+ Again,
+ there's no indentation,
+ but there is extra space between me and the other paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's another example, this time in the
+Here's another example,
+ this time in the
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
Quotation
\family default
environment.
- If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
- If your country uses a writing style that indicates new paragraphs by indenting
- the first line, then
+ If I keep writing,
+ you will see the indentation.
+ If your country uses a writing style that indicates new paragraphs by indenting the first line,
+ then
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
- is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
+ is the environment for you!
+ Well,
+ you'd use it
\emph on
if
\emph default
\begin_layout Quotation
Here's a new paragraph.
- I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
- If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
+ I could ramble on and on,
+ like a politician at election time.
+ If I did that,
+ though,
+ you'd get bored.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As the examples show,
+As the examples show,
+
\family sans
Quote
\family default
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Verse
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph ! Verse
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Verse
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Verse
\family default
- is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
+ is a paragraph environment for poetry,
+ rhymes,
+ verses,
+ and so on.
Here's an example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
It could be much worse.
- This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
- around.
- It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
- indented a bit more than the first.
- Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
+ This line could be long,
+ very long,
+ oh so long,
+ so very long that it wraps around.
+ It looks okay on screen,
+ but in the printed version,
+ the extra lines are indented a bit more than the first.
+ Okay,
+ so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
So sue me.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see,
+As you can see,
+
\family sans
Verse
\family default
does not indent both margins.
Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
- To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the shortcut
+ To separate the individual lines of a stanza,
+ use the shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\begin_layout Subsection
Lists
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
- of lists.
+ has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds of lists.
In the
\family sans
Itemize
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
- environments, \SpecialChar LyX
- labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
+ environments,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ labels your list items with bullets or numbers,
+ respectively.
In the
\family sans
Description
\family sans
List
\family default
- environments, \SpecialChar LyX
+ environments,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
lets you provide your own label.
- We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
- describing some general features of all four of them.
+ We will present the individual details of each type of list next after describing some general features of all four of them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
- in several ways.
- First, \SpecialChar LyX
+The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments in several ways.
+ First,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
treats each paragraph as a list item.
Hitting
\family sans
\family default
but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
The nesting depth is thereby kept.
- If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
- depth, you can use
+ If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting depth,
+ you can use
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
.
- If you do this at the top level of a list, it returns you to the
+ If you do this at the top level of a list,
+ it returns you to the
\family sans
Standard
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
- In fact, \SpecialChar LyX
- changes the labels on some list items depending on how it is
- nested.
- If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
- you read all of section
+ In fact,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ changes the labels on some list items depending on how it is nested.
+ If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments,
+ we suggest you read all of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Itemize
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lists ! Itemize
+Lists
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Itemize
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
- environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
+ environment,
+ the label changes to a new symbol.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
+Of course,
+ that explanation was also an example of an
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
- is a large black dot, or bullet.
+ is a large black dot,
+ or bullet.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
- We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
- in section
+ We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Enumerate
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lists ! Enumerate
+Lists
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Enumerate
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
- environment, the
+ environment,
+ the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
- environment,
+ environment,
+
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
- increases.
+Again,
+ notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth increases.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
- environment, see section
+ environment,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Customized-Lists"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
- Such customization only shows up in the printed version, not in \SpecialChar LyX
+ Such customization only shows up in the printed version,
+ not in \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Description
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lists ! Description
+Lists
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Description
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Unlike the previous two environments, the
+Unlike the previous two environments,
+ the
\family sans
Description
\family default
list has no fixed label.
- Instead, \SpecialChar LyX
+ Instead,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
uses the first
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Example: This is an example of the
+Example:
+ This is an example of the
\family sans
Description
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
- rest of the line.
+ typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the rest of the line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Space
\family default
- key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
- item.
+ key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an item.
If you need to use more than one word in a label use a
\change_deleted 177693 1654619261
Space
\family default
-; see section
+;
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Example: This one shows how to use a
+Example:
+ This one shows how to use a
\change_deleted 177693 1654619281
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Usage: You should use the
+Usage:
+ You should use the
\family sans
Description
\family default
environment for things like definitions and theorems.
- Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
- that describes it.
+ Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text that describes it.
It's not a good idea to use a
\family sans
Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Nesting: You can nest
+Nesting:
+ You can nest
\family sans
Description
\family default
- environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
- so on.
+ environments inside one another,
+ nest them in other types of lists,
+ and so on.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Notice that after the first line, \SpecialChar LyX
- indents subsequent lines, offsetting
- them from the first line.
+Notice that after the first line,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ indents subsequent lines,
+ offsetting them from the first line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Labeling
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lists ! Labeling
+Lists
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Labeling
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
- list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional
- features.
+ list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional features.
Here are its properties:
\end_layout
Space
\family default
after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
- If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a
+ If you need to use more than one word in an item label,
+ use a
\change_deleted 177693 1654619285
protected
\change_inserted 177693 1654619287
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-margins As you can see, \SpecialChar LyX
- uses different margins for the item label and the
- body of the item text.
- The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
- label width plus a little extra space.
+margins As you can see,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses different margins for the item label and the body of the item text.
+ The body of the text has a larger left margin,
+ which is equal to the default label width plus a little extra space.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\end_inset
width \SpecialChar LyX
- uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is larger.
- If the label width is larger, the label
+ uses the width of the label,
+ or the default width,
+ whatever is larger.
+ If the label width is larger,
+ the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
into the first line.
- In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
- margin of the rest of the item text.
+ In other words,
+ the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left margin of the rest of the item text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
- items in a
+width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all items in a
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-To change the default width, select all items in the list.
+To change the default width,
+ select all items in the list.
Now open the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
label
\family default
determines the default label width.
- You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
- letter
+ You can use the text of your largest label here,
+ but you can also use the letter
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Description
\family default
- list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
- it.
+ list:
+ When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes it.
The
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
- environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
- layout.
+ environment gives you another way to do this,
+ using a different overall layout.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
- lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on.
+ lists inside one another,
+ nest them in other types of lists,
+ and so on.
They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
Read section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
- list: As you can see in the examples, \SpecialChar LyX
- left-justifies the item labels by
- default.
+ list:
+ As you can see in the examples,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ left-justifies the item labels by default.
You can use additional
\family sans
H
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lists ! Customized
+Lists
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Customized
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! enumitem
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+enumitem
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Custom Enumerate Lists
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
+Lists
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Enumerate
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Custom
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
-The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
- argument (menu
+The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional argument (menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Enumerate Options
\begin_layout Plain Layout
For more about \SpecialChar TeX
- Code, look at section
+ Code,
+ look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:TeX-Code"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\backslash
alph
\series default
-, respectively.
+,
+ respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
You can only number 26
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
+items with Latin letters,
+ because this numbering is limited to single letters.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
- by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
+To change the numbering for the list sublevels,
+ replace the 'i' in the command by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi,
+ enumii,
+ enumiii,
+ enumiv).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
- When you change the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
- lists until you change the definition.
+ When you change the label of a list level,
+ it will be used for all following lists until you change the definition.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Resumed Enumeration
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
+Lists
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Enumerate
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Resumed
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To resume an enumeration, use the style
+To resume an enumeration,
+ use the style
\family sans
Enumerate-Resume
\family default
\change_deleted -584632292 1616513280
Its numbering appears in blue within \SpecialChar LyX
- to indicate that it is a resumed list
- and that the numbering will not be correct in \SpecialChar LyX
-, but in the output.
+ to indicate that it is a resumed list and that the numbering will not be correct in \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ but in the output.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
- If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ If there is no previous enumeration to resume,
+ you will get a \SpecialChar LaTeX
error.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the
- next one.
+Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the next one.
Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
- This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
- of a normal enumeration.
- There, insert the command
+ This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item of a normal enumeration.
+ There,
+ insert the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Subsubsection
List Spacing
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lists ! Spacing
+Lists
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Spacing
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
- of a list.
+In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items of a list.
For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
- of the list.
+You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item of the list.
Add there the command
\series bold
nolistsep
\begin_layout Standard
To add space you can use several other commands provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
-
+-package
\series bold
enumitem
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! enumitem
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+enumitem
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- For more information see its documentation,
+ For more information see its documentation,
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "enumitem"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
- and indentation.
- Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
- in the document and the label separation was set to 2
+There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing and indentation.
+ Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
labelindent=
\backslash
-parindent, labelsep=2cm
+parindent,
+ labelsep=2cm
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Further Customization
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lists ! Customization
+Lists
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Customization
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-changes the description label font, the command
+changes the description label font,
+ the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
font=
\backslash
-itshape, style=nextline
+itshape,
+ style=nextline
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-radiation:
+radiation:
+
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
+labelindent=0pt,
+ labelsep=1cm,
+ font=
\backslash
-itshape, style=nextline
+itshape,
+ style=nextline
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
- energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
- ionizing them.
+Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules,
+ therefore ionizing them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
- the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
- object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
+counting:
+ In computer science,
+ reference counting is a technique of storing the number of references,
+ pointers,
+ or handles to a resource such as an object,
+ block of memory,
+ disk space or other resource.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! enumitem
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+enumitem
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Letters
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Address: An Overview
+Address:
+ An Overview
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Although \SpecialChar LyX
- has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
- environments called
+ has document classes for letters,
+ we've also created two paragraph environments called
\family sans
Address
\family default
Address
\family default
.
- To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
- in a specific order, otherwise \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ To use the letter class,
+ you need to use specific paragraph environments in a specific order,
+ otherwise \SpecialChar LaTeX
gags on the document.
- In contrast, you can use the
+ In contrast,
+ you can use the
\family sans
Address
\family default
Address
\family default
paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
- You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
- anything in them.
+ You can even nest them inside other environments,
+ though you can't nest anything in them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Of course, you're not limited to using
+Of course,
+ you're not limited to using
\family sans
Address
\family default
Address
\family default
-, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
- some European academic papers.
+,
+ in particular,
+ is useful for creating article titles like those used in some European academic papers.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
Address
\family default
- environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
- for the opening and signature in some countries.
- Similarly, the
+ environment formats text in the style of an address,
+ which is also used for the opening and signature in some countries.
+ Similarly,
+ the
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
Address
\family default
- environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
- is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
+ environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address,
+ which is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
Here's an example of each:
\end_layout
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-When is it? What is today?
+When is it?
+ What is today?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Address
\family default
.
- Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which \SpecialChar LyX
- sets to fit
- the largest block of text on a single line.
+ Notice that the lines all have the same left margin,
+ which \SpecialChar LyX
+ sets to fit the largest block of text on a single line.
Here's an example of the
\family sans
Address
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, both
+As you can see,
+ both
\family sans
Address
\family default
\family sans
Return
\family default
- in either of these environments, \SpecialChar LyX
- resets the nesting depth and sets the
- environment to
+ in either of these environments,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ resets the nesting depth and sets the environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
.
- This makes sense, since
+ This makes sense,
+ since
\family sans
Return
\family default
\family typewriter
paragraph-break
\family default
- function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
- Thus, you have to use
+ function,
+ and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
+ Thus,
+ you have to use
\family typewriter
break-line
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
- or list of references.
+Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography or list of references.
\SpecialChar LyX
contains paragraph environments for both of these.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Abstract
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Abstract
\family default
environment is used for the abstract of an article.
- Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
- only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
- Also, don't bother trying to nest
+ Technically,
+ you could use this environment anywhere,
+ but you really should only use it at the beginning of the document,
+ after the title.
+ Also,
+ don't bother trying to nest
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
- completely, and it's utterly silly to use
+ completely,
+ and it's utterly silly to use
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
Abstract
\family default
environment does several things for you.
- First, it puts the centered label
+ First,
+ it puts the centered label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
above the text.
- The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
- space.
- Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
- Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
- the subsequent text.
- Well, that's how it will appear on the \SpecialChar LyX
+ The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical space.
+ Second,
+ it typesets everything in a smaller font,
+ just as you'd expect.
+ Lastly,
+ it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and the subsequent text.
+ Well,
+ that's how it will appear on the \SpecialChar LyX
screen.
- The actual appearance in the output depends on the document class you are
- using.
+ The actual appearance in the output depends on the document class you are using.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Abstract
\family default
environment.
- So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
- finish entering the abstract of your document.
+ So,
+ you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you finish entering the abstract of your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
- environment, but since this document is in the
+ environment,
+ but since this document is in the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- class, we can't do this.
+ class,
+ we can't do this.
We inserted it therefore as figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- before, you can safely ignore this environment.
+ before,
+ you can safely ignore this environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Bibliography
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Bibliography
\family default
environment is used to list references.
- Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
- only use it at the end of the document.
+ Technically,
+ you could use this environment anywhere,
+ but you really should only use it at the end of the document.
Nesting
\family sans
Bibliography
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
- environment, \SpecialChar LyX
- adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
+ environment,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ adds a large vertical space,
+ followed by the heading
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Bibliography
\family default
environment is a bibliography entry.
- Thus, entering
+ Thus,
+ entering
\family sans
Return
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
- by using a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+There is another,
+ usually better way to include references in your document by using a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
database.
- For more information on that, and for a detailed description of \SpecialChar LyX
-'s bibliography
- handling, have a look at section
+ For more information on that,
+ and for a detailed description of \SpecialChar LyX
+'s bibliography handling,
+ have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- provides two environments that can be used to emulate the behavior of a
- computer console/terminal and a typewriter.
+ provides two environments that can be used to emulate the behavior of a computer console/terminal and a typewriter.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
-Code
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
- environment, the
+ environment,
+ the
\family sans
Space
\family default
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Verbatim
\family default
\family sans
Verbatim
\family default
-* are the only environments in which you can type multiple whitespaces in
- \SpecialChar LyX
+* are the only environments in which you can type multiple whitespaces in \SpecialChar LyX
.
- If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
+ If you need to insert blank lines,
+ you will still need to use
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
Return
\family default
breaks paragraphs.
- Note, however, that
+ Note,
+ however,
+ that
\family sans
Return
\family default
does not reset the paragraph environment.
- So, when you finish using the
+ So,
+ when you finish using the
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
- environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
- Also, you can nest the
+ environment,
+ you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
+ Also,
+ you can nest the
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
Space
\family default
in any line you want blank.
- Otherwise, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Otherwise,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
generates errors.
\end_layout
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
- has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts
- and so on.
- Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
- as if you used a typewriter.
+ has one purpose:
+ to typeset code,
+ such as program source,
+ shell scripts and so on.
+ Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text as if you used a typewriter.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range end
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph environments|)
+Paragraph environments
\end_layout
\end_inset
- For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
- in the chapter
+ For longer parts of programming code,
+ use the listings inset that is described in the chapter
\emph on
Program Code Listings
\emph default
\family sans
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
- environment with the difference that its content will be treated like a
- computer console text.
+ environment with the difference that its content will be treated like a computer console text.
\family sans
Verbatim
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code,
+
\family default
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-contain hyperlinks, boxes, foot- and margin notes, notes, math, citations,
- index- and nomenclature entries, labels, tables, graphics, listings, floats
- and \SpecialChar TeX
+contain hyperlinks,
+ boxes,
+ foot- and margin notes,
+ notes,
+ math,
+ citations,
+ index- and nomenclature entries,
+ labels,
+ tables,
+ graphics,
+ listings,
+ floats and \SpecialChar TeX
Code
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verbatim
-
This is Verbatim.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verbatim
\noindent
\align block
-
The following 2 lines are empty:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verbatim
-
Almost everything is allowed in Verbatim:"%&$§#~'`
\backslash
}][{|
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verbatim*
-
This is Verbatim*.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Nesting Environments
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nesting ! Environments
+Nesting
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Environments
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific propertie
-s.
- This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
- another block.
- For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
- has two subpoints.
- In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
- list
+ treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific properties.
+ This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of another block.
+ For example you have three main points in an outline,
+ but point #2 also has two subpoints.
+ In other words,
+ you have a list inside of another list,
+ with the inner list
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
- Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
+ Nesting an environment is quite simple:
+ Select
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Increase
Depth
\family default
- to change the nesting depth (the status bar will tell you how far you are
- nested).
- Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
+ to change the nesting depth (the status bar will tell you how far you are nested).
+ Instead of the menu,
+ you can also use the toolbar buttons
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
.
- The change will work on the current selection, if you have made one (allowing
- you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
- paragraph.
+ The change will work on the current selection,
+ if you have made one (allowing you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once),
+ or the current paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Note that \SpecialChar LyX
only changes the nesting depth if it can.
- If it is invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
- Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
- depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
+ If it is invalid to do so,
+ nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
+ Additionally,
+ if you change the depth of one paragraph,
+ it affects the depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Nesting isn't limited to lists.
In \SpecialChar LyX
-, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're about
- to find out.
+,
+ you can nest just about anything inside anything else,
+ as you're about to find out.
This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
- you a little bit more about how nesting works.
+Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you,
+ we need to tell you a little bit more about how nesting works.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The question of nesting a paragraph environment is a bit more complicated
- than a simple yes or no.
+The question of nesting a paragraph environment is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no.
There are three types of paragraph environments:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
- things inside them.
+Fully nestable,
+ you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other things inside them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
- anything into them.
+A third type,
+ you can nest them into other environments,
+ but you can't nest anything into them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
- environments have them:
+Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior,
+ and which paragraph environments have them:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
- Although it is possible, for example, to nest numbered section headings
- like
+ Although it is possible,
+ for example,
+ to nest numbered section headings like
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Section
\family default
-, etc.
+,
+ etc.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-into lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to
- create well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas
- nested section headings violate this.
+into lists,
+ it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested section headings violate this.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+Nesting Other Things:
+ Tables,
+ Math,
+ Floats,
+ etc.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nesting ! Tables etc.
+Nesting
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tables etc.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
- affected by nesting anyhow.
+There are several things that aren't paragraph environments,
+ but which are affected by nesting anyhow.
They are:
\end_layout
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
Figures and tables in
\family sans
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Floats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
- If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
- it is in goes.
+ If a figure,
+ table,
+ or an equation is inline,
+ it goes wherever the paragraph it is in goes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
+On the other hand,
+ if you have an equation,
+ figure or table in a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- of its own, it behaves just like a
+ of its own,
+ it behaves just like a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
paragraph environment.
- You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
- into it.
+ You can nest it into any environment,
+ but you obviously can't nest anything into it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
+If we hadn't nested the table at all,
+ the list would look like this:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
not
\emph default
nested inside (a).
- In fact, it's not nested at all.
+ In fact,
+ it's not nested at all.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
- item of a new list!
+Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested,
+ but is also the first item of a new list!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
- deep enough.
+There's another trap you can fall into:
+ Nesting the table,
+ but not going deep enough.
\SpecialChar LyX
then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is (b).
- The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
+ The table is actually nested inside Item One,
+ but
\emph on
not
\emph default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
- new list
+As you can see,
+ item (b) turned into the first item of a new list,
+ but a new list
\emph on
inside
\emph default
item 1.
The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
- So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
- depth!
+ So,
+ if you nest tables,
+ figures or equations,
+ make sure you go to the right depth!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Speaking of levels, \SpecialChar LyX
+Speaking of levels,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
- In other words,
+ In other words,
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
- both of them in the example.
- Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
- nesting with the
+There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit,
+ and you can see both of them in the example.
+ Unlike the other fully-nestable environments,
+ you can only perform a four-fold nesting with the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
Itemize
\family default
environments.
- For example, if we tried to nest another
+ For example,
+ if we tried to nest another
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, we would get errors.
+,
+ we would get errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Some Examples
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nesting ! Examples
+Nesting
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Examples
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
We have several examples of nested environments.
- In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
- them.
+ In them,
+ we explain how we created the example,
+ so that you can reproduce them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+Example 1:
+ The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#3-a This is level #3.
- This time, we just enter
+ This time,
+ we just enter
\family sans
Return
\family default
-, then used
+,
+ then used
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\family sans
Standard
\family default
- environment, nested inside of
+ environment,
+ nested inside of
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- So, it's at level #4.
+ So,
+ it's at level #4.
We did this by entering
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
-, then
+,
+ then
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
-, then changing the paragraph environment to
+,
+ then changing the paragraph environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
.
- Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
- for the
+ Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph —
+ it also works for the
\family sans
Description
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
-, and
+,
+ and
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
\family sans
Standard
\family default
- paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
+ paragraph,
+ also at level #4,
+ made with just a
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
List
\family default
.
- Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
+ Remember —
+ we can't nest anything inside a
\family sans
Standard
\family default
- environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
- However, we
+ environment,
+ which is why we're still at level #4.
+ However,
+ we
\emph on
can
\emph default
\labelwidthstring MMM
#6-a \SpecialChar ldots
and this is level #6.
- By now, you should know how we made these two.
+ By now,
+ you should know how we made these two.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
-, we're back at level #4.
+,
+ we're back at level #4.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
-#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
- After this sentence, we will enter
+#1-b And last,
+ back to the outermost level,
+ #1.
+ After this sentence,
+ we will enter
\family sans
Return
\family default
\family sans
Description
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Quote
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
-, or even the
+,
+ or even the
\family sans
Verse
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Example 2: Inheritance
+Example 2:
+ Inheritance
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
-This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
+This is the LyX-Code environment,
+ at level #1,
+ the outermost
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
\family sans
Return
\family default
-, then
+,
+ then
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
-, after
+,
+ after
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-which, we will change to the
+which,
+ we will change to the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
- environment, at level #2.
+ environment,
+ at level #2.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
LyX-Code
\family default
-), but also inherits its font and spacing!
+),
+ but also inherits its font and spacing!
\end_layout
\end_deeper
Return
\family default
.
- After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
+ After that,
+ we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
+Example 3:
+ Labels,
+ Levels,
+ and the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
+Example #3:
+ Labels,
+ Levels and other list environments
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is level #1, in an
+This is level #1,
+ in an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
\end_inset
.
- Now, what happens if we nest an
+ Now,
+ what happens if we nest an
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
- environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
- label be? An asterisk?
+ environment inside of this one?
+ It will be at level #3,
+ but what will its label be?
+ An asterisk?
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-No! It's a bullet.
+No!
+ It's a bullet.
This is the
\emph on
first
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
- environment, even though it's at level #3.
- So, its label is a bullet.
+ environment,
+ even though it's at level #3.
+ So,
+ its label is a bullet.
(We got here by using
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
-, then
+,
+ then
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
-, then changing the environment to
+,
+ then changing the environment to
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-Here's level #4, produced using
+Here's level #4,
+ produced using
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
-, then
+,
+ then
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\begin_layout Enumerate
\SpecialChar ldots
to get to level #5.
- This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
+ This time,
+ however,
+ we also changed the paragraph environment back to
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
.
- Notice the type of numbering, it is
+ Notice the type of numbering,
+ it is
\emph on
lowercase Roman
\emph default
-, because we are in the
+,
+ because we are in the
\emph on
thirdfold
\emph default
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
- environment (that is, it is an
+ environment (that is,
+ it is an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
\emph on
don't
\emph default
- change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
- type of numbering does \SpecialChar LyX
+ change the paragraph environment,
+ but decrease the nesting depth?
+ What type of numbering does \SpecialChar LyX
use?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
+Oh,
+ as if you couldn't guess by now,
+ we're just using
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is level #3.
- Even though we've changed levels, \SpecialChar LyX
- is still using a lowercase Roman numeral
- as the label.Why?
+ Even though we've changed levels,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ is still using a lowercase Roman numeral as the label.Why?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
+Because,
+ even though the nesting depth has changed,
+ the paragraph is
\emph on
still
\emph default
Enumerate
\family default
environment.
- Notice, however, that \SpecialChar LyX
+ Notice,
+ however,
+ that \SpecialChar LyX
\emph on
did
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
- sequence, and we're back to level #2.
- This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
- into the twofold-nested
+ sequence,
+ and we're back to level #2.
+ This time,
+ we not only changed the nesting depth,
+ but we also moved back into the twofold-nested
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
- sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
+ sequence and return to level #1,
+ the outermost level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Lastly, we reset the environment to
+Lastly,
+ we reset the environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
.
- As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
- \SpecialChar LyX
+ As you can see,
+ the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling \SpecialChar LyX
uses for the
\family sans
Enumerate
Enumerate
\family default
environments surrounding it determines what kind of label \SpecialChar LyX
- uses for an
-
+ uses for an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
- environment, as well.
+ environment,
+ as well.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Example 4: Going Bonkers
+Example 4:
+ Going Bonkers
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
We're going to go totally nuts now.
- We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
- the same detail with how we did it.
- (level #1:
+ We will not nest as deep as in the other examples,
+ nor will we go into the same detail with how we did it.
+ (level #1:
+
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
(
\family sans
-Return,
+Return,
+
\family default
\begin_inset Info
\family sans
-, Standard
+,
+ Standard
\family default
-: level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
- the example in parentheses someplace.
- For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
+:
+ level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created the example in parentheses someplace.
+ For example,
+ the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
The environment name is the name of the current environment.
- Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
+ Either before or after this,
+ we will put in the level.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
(
\family sans
-Return, Enumerate
+Return,
+ Enumerate
\family default
-: level #1) This is the next item in the list.
+:
+ level #1) This is the next item in the list.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
(
\family sans
-Return,
+Return,
+
\family default
\begin_inset Info
\family sans
-, Verse
+,
+ Verse
\family default
-: level #2)
+:
+ level #2)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
-Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
+Fiddle dee,
+ Fiddle doo.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family sans
-, Table,
+,
+ Table,
+
\family default
\begin_inset Info
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
- 3 times,
+ 3 times,
+
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\family sans
-, Verse,
+,
+ Verse,
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Enumerate
(
\family sans
-Return, Enumerate
+Return,
+ Enumerate
\family default
-: level #1) This is another item.
+:
+ level #1) This is another item.
Note that selecting a
\family sans
Table
\family default
- resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
- 3 times to put the table inside the
+ resets the nesting depth to level #1,
+ so we increased the nesting depth 3 times to put the table inside the
\family sans
Verse
\family default
Address
\family default
- environments inside of this one, then use another nested
+ environments inside of this one,
+ then use another nested
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Moosegroin, MT 00100
+Moosegroin,
+ MT 00100
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_inset
L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
- Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
- a backlog in our orders for methane.
- We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
- as soon as possible.
- In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
+ Unfortunately,
+ several of our cows have mysteriously exploded,
+ creating a backlog in our orders for methane.
+ We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order as soon as possible.
+ In the meantime,
+ we thank you for your patience.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
-We do, however, now have a special on beef.
- If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
- with your order, along with payment.
+We do,
+ however,
+ now have a special on beef.
+ If you are interested,
+ please return the enclosed pricing and order form with your order,
+ along with payment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, nesting environments in \SpecialChar LyX
- gives you a lot of power with just
- a few keystrokes.
+As you can see,
+ nesting environments in \SpecialChar LyX
+ gives you a lot of power with just a few keystrokes.
We could have easily nested an
\family sans
Itemize
\family sans
Quote
\family default
-, or put a
+,
+ or put a
\family sans
Quote
\family default
\begin_layout Subsection
Separate Nestings
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nesting ! Separation
+Nesting
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Separation
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is sometimes necessary to have two consecutive environments of the same
- type.
+It is sometimes necessary to have two consecutive environments of the same type.
For example you need two different enumerations:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To split an existing list into two lists, set the cursor at the end of a
- list item and use the menu
+To split an existing list into two lists,
+ set the cursor at the end of a list item and use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Separated <Name> Above
\family default
.
This inserts a plain separator (red line in \SpecialChar LyX
-) and before or behind it the
- new list.
- Inside nested environments, it is also possible to split the outer environment.
+) and before or behind it the new list.
+ Inside nested environments,
+ it is also possible to split the outer environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By right-clicking on a separator one can change it into a paragraph separator
- (red arrow in LyX).
- The difference between both separator types is that the plain separator
- only splits the list and not the current paragraph.
+By right-clicking on a separator one can change it into a paragraph separator (red arrow in LyX).
+ The difference between both separator types is that the plain separator only splits the list and not the current paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In general, you get an environment separator when you press
+In general,
+ you get an environment separator when you press
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Spacing, Pagination and Line Breaks
+Spacing,
+ Pagination and Line Breaks
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
- you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, \SpecialChar LyX
- offers you
- more spaces: spaces of different widths and spaces which can or cannot
- be broken at the end of a line.
- The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
- useful.
+What is a space?
+ While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ offers you more spaces:
+ spaces of different widths and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end of a line.
+ The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are useful.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spaces !
+Spaces
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\change_deleted 177693 1654619483
Protected
\change_inserted 177693 1654619483
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted 177693 1654619490
non-breaking
\change_unchanged
- space: It is used to tell \SpecialChar LyX
+ space:
+ It is used to tell \SpecialChar LyX
(and \SpecialChar LaTeX
) not to
\change_inserted 177693 1654619513
automatically
\change_unchanged
break the line at that point.
- This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
+ This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks,
+ like in:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a
+Obviously,
+ it would be a good thing to put a
\change_deleted 177693 1654619535
protected
\change_inserted 177693 1654619537
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spacing ! Horizontal
+Spacing
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Horizontal
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Units-available-in"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\change_unchanged
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spaces !
+Spaces
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\change_deleted 177693 1654667939
Inter-word
\change_inserted 177693 1654667939
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-With the introduction of typewriters, it became conventional in some countries
- to type two spaces after a period to mimic the wider spaces used by typesetters
- at the ends of sentences.
+With the introduction of typewriters,
+ it became conventional in some countries to type two spaces after a period to mimic the wider spaces used by typesetters at the ends of sentences.
There is no need to do this as \SpecialChar LyX
automatically takes care about this.
- However, you do not want an end of sentence space after an abbreviation
- followed by a period; see section
+ However,
+ you do not want an end of sentence space after an abbreviation followed by a period;
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Abbreviations"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
for examples.
- To insert a normal space, select
+ To insert a normal space,
+ select
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spaces ! Thin
+Spaces
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Thin
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
).
- The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
- thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance,
+ The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide,
+ for instance,
inside abbreviations:
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Width-of-the"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Horizontal Fills
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spacing ! Fills
+Spacing
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Fills
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special \SpecialChar LyX
- feature for adding extra space
- in a uniform fashion.
+ feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
An H
\change_inserted 177693 1654621642
orizontal
\change_unchanged
-Fill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the
- remaining space between the left and right margins.
+Fill is actually a variable length space,
+ whose length always equals the remaining space between the left and right margins.
If there is more than one H
\change_inserted 177693 1654621633
orizontal
\change_unchanged
-Fill on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
+Fill on a line,
+ they divide the available space equally between themselves.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
is one in a standard paragraph.
- It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
+ It may or may not be apparent in the printed text,
+ but it
\emph on
is
\emph default
Pattern
\family default
-s in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
+s in the space dialog:
+ The following patterns are available:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Dots:
+Dots:
+
\begin_inset space \dotfill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Rule:
+Rule:
+
\begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Left arrow:
+Left arrow:
+
\begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Right arrow:
+Right arrow:
+
\begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
\end_inset
\change_inserted -712698321 1593242369
(= opened downwards)
\change_unchanged
-:
+:
+
\begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
\end_inset
\change_inserted -712698321 1593242378
(= opened upwards)
\change_unchanged
-:
+:
+
\begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
If an
\change_deleted 177693 1654621656
\change_inserted 177693 1654621656
Horizontal Fill
\change_unchanged
- is at the beginning of a line, and
+ is at the beginning of a line,
+ and
\emph on
not
\emph default
- in the first line in a paragraph, \SpecialChar LyX
+ in the first line in a paragraph,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
ignores it.
This prevents
\change_deleted 177693 1654621657
Horizontal Fill
\change_unchanged
s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
- If you need space in this case anyway, set the
+ If you need space in this case anyway,
+ set the
\change_deleted 177693 1654668432
\family sans
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spacing ! Phantom
+Spacing
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Phantom
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
- For example, you want to create the following multiple choice question:
+ For example,
+ you want to create the following multiple choice question:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
.
- To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
+ To get this,
+ you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Phantom
\family default
.
- In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
- lines and insert
+ In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two lines and insert
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
.
The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
- while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
- dimension.
+ while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding dimension.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spacing ! Vertical
+Spacing
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Vertical
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
+To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph,
+ use the
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
\change_unchanged
Skip
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Med
\change_inserted 177693 1654621304
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Line height
\family default
- equal to the height, or half the height, of a line in the current font
- size including line spacing.
+ equal to the height,
+ or half the height,
+ of a line in the current font size including line spacing.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spacing ! Fills
+Spacing
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Fills
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
- An example: you have only two short paragraphs on one page with a
+ is a variable space,
+ set so that the space is maximal within one page.
+ An example:
+ you have only two short paragraphs on one page with a
\family sans
Vfill
\family default
between them.
- Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
- one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
+ Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second one at the bottom,
+ because the space between them is then maximal.
\family sans
V
\change_unchanged
Fill
\family default
-s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
+s:
+ they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\change_unchanged
Fill
\family default
-s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
+s on a page,
+ they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
You can therefore use
\family sans
V
\change_unchanged
Fill
\family default
-s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
+s to center text on a page,
+ or even place text 2/3 down a page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Units-available-in"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
\series medium
-If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
- a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
+If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of a page,
+ the space is only added if you have also checked the option
\family sans
Protect
\family default
\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Alignment
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph ! Alignment
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Alignment
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
- spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
- the left and right margins.
- The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
+The default in most cases is justified alignment,
+ in which the inter-word spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between the left and right margins.
+ The other three alignments should be self-explanatory,
+ and look like this:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Subsection
Forced Page Breaks
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Page breaks ! Forced
+Page breaks
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Forced
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
If you don't like the way \SpecialChar LaTeX
- does the page breaks in your document, you can
- force a page break where you want one.
- Normally this will not be necessary, because \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ does the page breaks in your document,
+ you can force a page break where you want one.
+ Normally this will not be necessary,
+ because \SpecialChar LaTeX
is good at page breaking.
Only if you use a lot of
\family sans
Floats
\family default
-, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
's page breaking algorithm can fail.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We recommend you not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished
- and you have checked in the preview to see if you
+We recommend you not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and you have checked in the preview to see if you
\emph on
really
\emph default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
- action.
+There are two types of page breaks:
+ One that ends the page without any special action.
This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Page
\family default
.
- The second type, that is inserted via the menu
+ The second type,
+ that is inserted via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Break
\family default
-, ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
- the complete page.
- This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
- on which only the last few lines are absent.
+,
+ ends a page but stretches the content of the page,
+ so that it fills out the complete page.
+ This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page on which only the last few lines are absent.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
- at the top of a page.
- This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
+You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears at the top of a page.
+ This is,
+ of course,
+ the wrong way to do it.
\SpecialChar LyX
- gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
- appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
- having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
+ gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables appear at the top of a page (or the bottom,
+ or on their own page) without having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
See chapter
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Page breaks ! Clear
+Page breaks
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Clear
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
- directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
- That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
- unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed after
- it, if necessary by adding pages.
+Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed directly on the next page,
+ you can also clear pages while breaking them.
+ That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything,
+ including unprocessed floats,
+ from the earlier part of the document are placed after it,
+ if necessary by adding pages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Page
\family default
.
- When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
+ When you have a two-sided document like a book,
+ you can use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Page
\family default
- to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
- page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
+ to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand page (odd-numbered),
+ if necessary by adding a page.
\change_inserted 5863208 1602706231
\end_layout
\change_unchanged
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\change_inserted 5863208 1602706382
-Page Breaks !
-\change_unchanged
-
-\change_inserted 5863208 1602706335
-No Page Break
+Page Breaks
\change_unchanged
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Suppress
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\change_inserted 5863208 1602707015
- This is typically useful for paragraphs which should stay together or when
- you want to keep close the description for tables and pictures in case
- using floats or boxes is not appropriate.
+ This is typically useful for paragraphs which should stay together or when you want to keep close the description for tables and pictures in case using floats or boxes is not appropriate.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Forced Line Breaks
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: one simply breaks
- the line.
+Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks:
+ one simply breaks the line.
You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
arg "newline-insert linebreak"
\end_inset
- breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
- the page margins.
+ breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between the page margins.
This is useful to avoid
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct \SpecialChar LaTeX
-'s line breaking, as \SpecialChar LaTeX
- is
- very good at line breaking.
- There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to set
- a line break actively, for example, in a poem or for an address (see sections
+'s line breaking,
+ as \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ is very good at line breaking.
+ There are,
+ however,
+ a number of situations where it is necessary to set a line break actively,
+ for example,
+ in a poem or for an address (see sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Quote"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Verse"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Address-Usage"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Line
\family default
you can insert horizontal lines.
- The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
- of the current text line or the paragraph.
+ The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline of the current text line or the paragraph.
The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
- You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter, for example,
+ You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter,
+ for example,
characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
See section
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Keyboard-mapping"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
- can use the
+For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard,
+ you can use the
\family sans
Symbols
\family default
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
- Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
- when you are using a special screen font in \SpecialChar LyX
+ Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed when you are using a special screen font in \SpecialChar LyX
's preferences.
But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Font Types
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font ! Types
+Font
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Types
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
fonts
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Fonts ! Vector-
+Fonts
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Vector
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
g.
characters) in the font.
- This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
- well suited for scaling to any requested size.
- This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
- curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
+ This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are well suited for scaling to any requested size.
+ This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
- Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
- to provide a good image might it be hard to provide a good rendering.
+ Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to provide a good image might it be hard to provide a good rendering.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
- But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
- That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
- sizes than at small ones.
+ But to achieve a better quality,
+ many fonts define several font sizes.
+ That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font sizes than at small ones.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family typewriter
TrueType
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family typewriter
OpenType
\family default
-, and
+,
+ and
\family typewriter
Type
\begin_inset space ~
fonts
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Fonts ! Bitmap-
+Fonts
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bitmap
\end_layout
\end_inset
- on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start; so they
- will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
- However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
- pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
- It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in an
- image manipulation program.
- In order to mitigate this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
- several fixed sizes typically from around 8
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ on the other hand,
+ are defined by bitmap graphics from the start;
+ so they will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
+ However,
+ they don't scale well,
+ because in order to scale a glyph,
+ each pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
+ It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in an image manipulation program.
+ In order to mitigate this effect,
+ bitmap fonts are typically provided in several fixed sizes typically from around 8
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
pixels or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
- The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
- to display each glyph; so bitmap fonts display therefore more quickly than
- scalable fonts.
- The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
- to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
+ The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary to display each glyph;
+ so bitmap fonts display therefore more quickly than scalable fonts.
+ The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have to be scaled by doubling pixels,
+ and thus look bad.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
- designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
+The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are designed for,
+ while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
- That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
- use scalable fonts.
+ That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs use scalable fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To see which fonts are used in a PDF-document, look at its document properties.
+To see which fonts are used in a PDF-document,
+ look at its document properties.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
- specifying
+Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards specifying
\change_deleted -712698321 1525757415
character
\change_inserted 5863208 1598184810
text
\change_unchanged
styles rather than specifying a particular font.
- For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
- font, to emphasize text you use an
+ For example,
+ instead of changing to an italicized version of the current font,
+ to emphasize text you use an
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
This concept fits in perfectly with \SpecialChar LyX
.
In \SpecialChar LyX
-, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
- details.
+,
+ you do things based on contexts,
+ rather than focusing on typesetting details.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Traditionally, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+Traditionally,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
used its own fonts.
- That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
- operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your \SpecialChar LaTeX
-
+ That is to say,
+ you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your operating system,
+ but you have to use specific fonts provided by your \SpecialChar LaTeX
distribution.
The reason is that \SpecialChar LaTeX
- needs some extra information about the fonts, which
- have to be provided by additional files and packages.
- The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited compared
- to a word processor.
- On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
- are generally of very good quality, and that \SpecialChar LaTeX
- files are very portable across
- different machines.
- Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional \SpecialChar LaTeX
- has increased a lot
- in the meantime; so you can find packages for many free and commercial
- fonts.
+ needs some extra information about the fonts,
+ which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
+ The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited compared to a word processor.
+ On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts are generally of very good quality,
+ and that \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ files are very portable across different machines.
+ Also,
+ the range of fonts supported by traditional \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ has increased a lot in the meantime;
+ so you can find packages for many free and commercial fonts.
\SpecialChar LyX
- supports the fonts that are under a free license via the user interface
- (see section
+ supports the fonts that are under a free license via the user interface (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Document-Font"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
for details).
Other fonts are available if you enter the relevant \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code in the document
- preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired font).
+ code in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired font).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Recent developments brought some new \SpecialChar LaTeX
- engines that are also able directly
- to access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely Xe\SpecialChar TeX
-
+ engines that are also able directly to access fonts that are installed for your operating system,
+ namely Xe\SpecialChar TeX
and Lua\SpecialChar TeX
.
Both engines are supported by \SpecialChar LyX
.
- By using them, you can theoretically use any OpenType or TrueType font
- that is installed on your system.
+ By using them,
+ you can theoretically use any OpenType or TrueType font that is installed on your system.
The next section describes how to use these fonts.
\end_layout
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
- In practice, some fonts might fail due to a legacy (non Unicode) font encoding,
- bad metrics, or other font deficiencies; so you might have to experiment.
+ In practice,
+ some fonts might fail due to a legacy (non Unicode) font encoding,
+ bad metrics,
+ or other font deficiencies;
+ so you might have to experiment.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font ! Size
+Font
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Size
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Font
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Font
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Fonts
\family default
- section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
- three different font shapes — roman (serif),
+ section of the dialog,
+ you can specify which font should be used for the three different font shapes —
+ roman (serif),
+
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
- (monospaced) — and you can specify the base font size and scaling factors
- for (some) sans
+ (monospaced) —
+ and you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for (some) sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Use non-TeX fonts
\family default
-, you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
+,
+ you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
This requires that you use
\family sans
PDF (XeTeX)
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
PDF (LuaTeX)
\family default
\family sans
DVI (LuaTeX)
\family default
- as the output format, i.
+ as the output format,
+ i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-serif, and typewriter), since \SpecialChar LyX
+serif,
+ and typewriter),
+ since \SpecialChar LyX
cannot determine the family.
- Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
- to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar breakableslash
+ Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts,
+ due to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar breakableslash
or font failures.
\SpecialChar LyX
- cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
+ cannot determine this in advance,
+ so you might need to experiment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you use \SpecialChar TeX
- fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the font
- include
+ fonts (which is the default),
+ the possible options for the font include
\family sans
Default
\family default
If you select
\family sans
Default,
+
\family default
the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
With LyX's
\change_inserted -712698321 1524413700
automatic
\change_unchanged
- font encoding, this is
+ font encoding,
+ this is
\change_inserted -712698321 1524413733
-, depending on the document language,
+,
+ depending on the document language,
+
\change_unchanged
\change_inserted -712698321 1524413747
\change_inserted -712698321 1524413756
this font
\change_unchanged
-: either
+:
+ either
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
ec
\family default
).
- However, some classes set different default fonts.
+ However,
+ some classes set different default fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
- is a bitmap font, it looks pixelated in PDF output, especially when you
- read the PDF in a zoomed size.
+ is a bitmap font,
+ it looks pixelated in PDF output,
+ especially when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
Reader
\family default
- version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
- renderer.
+ version 6 or later,
+ because this program includes a special bitmap font renderer.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
- Depending on how your document should look, you can either:
+ To get rid of pixelated fonts,
+ you have to use a vector font.
+ Depending on how your document should look,
+ you can either:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Modern
\family default
- fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
-
+ fonts,
+ which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
\family default
as the default font.
It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
- Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
+ Except for some details,
+ where the appearance was improved,
+
\family sans
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
-, you can of course select one of the other vector fonts provided, e.
+,
+ you can of course select one of the other vector fonts provided,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.,
+g.,
+
\family sans
Times
\begin_inset space ~
\family sans
Helvetica
\family default
- for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
+ for sans serif text),
+ or different shapes of the same font,
+ i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-The differences between roman,
+The differences between roman,
+
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
Roman
\family default
was originally designed for newspapers.
- Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
- into the small newspaper columns.
+ Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit into the small newspaper columns.
Therefore
\family sans
Times
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For the font size there are generally four possible values:
+For the font size there are generally four possible values:
+
\family sans
-Default, 10
+Default,
+ 10
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
11
\family default
\emph default
.
That means that \SpecialChar LyX
- scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used
- in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
+ scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in footnotes,
+ super-,
+ and subscripts) by this value.
You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
Family
\family default
- selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
- be roman, sans
+ selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should be roman,
+ sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Default
\family default
- selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
- this.
- In most cases,
+ selection uses what is preset by the class,
+ the other selections override this.
+ In most cases,
+
\family sans
Default
\family default
\family sans
roman
\family default
-, but some classes (such as presentation classes) use other defaults.
+,
+ but some classes (such as presentation classes) use other defaults.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
LaTeX font encoding
\family default
- selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
- the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
fontenc
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! fontenc
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+fontenc
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
)
\change_unchanged
.
- Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
- Unless you have specific reasons, use
+ Normally,
+ you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
+ Unless you have specific reasons,
+ use
\change_deleted -712698321 1524413471
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-With some fonts, the checkboxes
+With some fonts,
+ the checkboxes
\family sans
Use Old Style Figures
\family default
\family sans
Use Old Style Figures
\family default
- is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
- are used.
+ is checked,
+ old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures) are used.
Old style figures are the numerals (0
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lowercase
- letters.
+9) with ascenders and descenders,
+ which makes them fit nicely with lowercase letters.
\family sans
Use True Small Caps
\family default
- determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
- of scaled capitals.
- Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
- better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
+ determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made of scaled capitals.
+ Real small caps are often part of expert font sets;
+ they generally look better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
\change_inserted -712698321 1563000270
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1563000448
-Furthermore, with some fonts, you can add additional (comma-separated) options
- provided by the font package (or the
+Furthermore,
+ with some fonts,
+ you can add additional (comma-separated) options provided by the font package (or the
\family sans
fontspec
\family default
- package, if you use non-TeX fonts), into the
+ package,
+ if you use non-TeX fonts),
+ into the
\family sans
Options
\family default
\family sans
CJK
\family default
- allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
- a font to display the script characters.
+ allows users of the languages Chinese,
+ Japanese,
+ Korean (CJK) to specify a font to display the script characters.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\series default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! CJK
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+CJK
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Enable micro-typographic extensions
\family default
- activates extensions such as character protrusion and font expansion via
- the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ activates extensions such as character protrusion and font expansion via the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
microtype
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! microtype
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+microtype
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Or \SpecialChar LaTeX
- macro, if the literal character is not supported by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ macro,
+ if the literal character is not supported by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
input encoding.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- instead of ligatures (--, ---) (see section
+ instead of ligatures (--,
+ ---) (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
- When you choose a new font or font size, \SpecialChar LyX
+ When you choose a new font or font size,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
does
\emph on
not
\emph default
- change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
+ change the screen font!
+ You will only see a difference in the printed output;
this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
\SpecialChar LyX
's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
- dialog, see section
+ dialog,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
In \SpecialChar LaTeX
- the font used for characters in equations is different from the document
- font.
+ the font used for characters in equations is different from the document font.
For the case that you use \SpecialChar TeX
- fonts for your document, you can explicitly
- choose a math font in the dialog
+ fonts for your document,
+ you can explicitly choose a math font in the dialog
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
automatically selects a math font.
For most cases this will be \SpecialChar LaTeX
's default – the math variant of \SpecialChar LaTeX
-'s default
- font family
+'s default font family
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
.
\SpecialChar LyX
- will automatically only load another math font if a math variant of the
- document font is available.
+ will automatically only load another math font if a math variant of the document font is available.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
serif.
- Your document might therefore look strange when the document text has serifs
- while the math characters do not.
+ Your document might therefore look strange when the document text has serifs while the math characters do not.
Sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
If you use non-\SpecialChar TeX
- fonts for the document, you can only choose for math to
- use either the document's class default \SpecialChar TeX
+ fonts for the document,
+ you can only choose for math to use either the document's class default \SpecialChar TeX
font (in most cases
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
) or to use the non-\SpecialChar TeX
- variant of the document's class default font (in most
- cases
+ variant of the document's class default font (in most cases
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\change_unchanged
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As we've already seen, \SpecialChar LyX
+As we've already seen,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
automatically changes the
\change_deleted -712698321 1525601052
character
style for certain paragraph environments.
\change_inserted -712698321 1525757169
- In this section, we will explain how the style of selected text passages
- can by changed.
+ In this section,
+ we will explain how the style of selected text passages can by changed.
This is where we meet the concept of
\emph on
text styles
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1525595930
-By default,
+By default,
+
\change_unchanged
\SpecialChar LyX
supports two
\change_inserted -712698321 1525757161
text
\change_unchanged
- styles,
+ styles,
+
\emph on
Emphasized
\emph default
\emph on
builtin
\emph default
-, i.
+,
+ i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-e., available with all document classes.
- On top of that, some document classes and modules provide
+e.,
+ available with all document classes.
+ On top of that,
+ some document classes and modules provide
\emph on
custom text styles
\emph default
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1525757201
-Before we do that, though, allow us just a few words of what we mean by
-
+Before we do that,
+ though,
+ allow us just a few words of what we mean by
\emph on
text styles
\emph default
\emph on
formal markup
\emph default
-: if you wanted to emphasize a word, you selected it and chose e.
+:
+ if you wanted to emphasize a word,
+ you selected it and chose e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- — you customized the
+ —
+ you customized the
\emph on
text properties
\emph default
.
- Modern processors, \SpecialChar LyX
- among them, encourage the use of
+ Modern processors,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ among them,
+ encourage the use of
\emph on
semantic
\emph default
\emph on
markup
\emph default
- instead (although formal markup is still possible; see section
+ instead (although formal markup is still possible;
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\emph on
text properties
\emph default
-, they encourage the use of
+,
+ they encourage the use of
\emph on
text styles
\emph default
-, who are defined with regard to their function (e.
+,
+ who are defined with regard to their function (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.,
+g.,
+
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
-), not their form (
+),
+ not their form (
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
).
There are many advantages of the semantic approach.
- To begin with, using functional categories keeps you thinking about why
- you are actually marking up, if your markup is consistent and systematic,
+ To begin with,
+ using functional categories keeps you thinking about why you are actually marking up,
+ if your markup is consistent and systematic,
and whether this particular markup makes sense.
- On a more practical level, it is easy to change the appearance if needed.
- Consider the case when you are writing a paper and set all proper names
- in
+ On a more practical level,
+ it is easy to change the appearance if needed.
+ Consider the case when you are writing a paper and set all proper names in
\shape smallcaps
small caps
\shape default
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., in normal font, or ALL-CAPS), you would have to change any single occurrence.
+g.,
+ in normal font,
+ or ALL-CAPS),
+ you would have to change any single occurrence.
With a semantic markup (such as
\noun on
noun
\noun default
-; see below), you'd just need to change the definition of
+;
+ see below),
+ you'd just need to change the definition of
\family sans
Noun
\family default
once and for all.
It's a ten second change (if you know how to change the \SpecialChar LaTeX
definition).
- Moreover, semantic markup even allows you to produce different versions
- of a document, using different markup semantics.
+ Moreover,
+ semantic markup even allows you to produce different versions of a document,
+ using different markup semantics.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1525757213
-With that in mind, we now turn to the semantic text styles that are provided
- by \SpecialChar LyX
+With that in mind,
+ we now turn to the semantic text styles that are provided by \SpecialChar LyX
.
\change_unchanged
\change_inserted -712698321 1525596436
\family default
- dialog,
+ dialog,
+
\change_unchanged
key bindings
\change_deleted -712698321 1525596045
-, the menus
+,
+ the menus
\change_unchanged
-, and the toolbar.
+,
+ and the toolbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Noun
\family default
- style, do one of the following:
+ style,
+ do one of the following:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
s
\change_unchanged
.
- That is, if
+ That is,
+ if
\family sans
Noun
\family default
- style is already active, they deactivate it.
+ style is already active,
+ they deactivate it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Noun
\family default
style for proper names.
- For example:
+ For example:
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1525598323
-By default,
+By default,
+
\family sans
Noun
\family default
\shape smallcaps
Small Caps
\shape default
-, but the definition can be changed.
+,
+ but the definition can be changed.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
Emphasized
\family default
style.
- You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
+ You can activate (or deactivate —
+ it's also a toggle) the
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\change_unchanged
packages use a different font
\change_inserted -712698321 1525598396
-, and you can also customize it yourself by changing the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ and you can also customize it yourself by changing the \SpecialChar LaTeX
definition
\change_unchanged
.
\begin_layout Standard
It's also a warning in addition to an example.
One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
- Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
- the common tendency to overuse
+ Since we don't all constantly scream at each other,
+ we should also avoid the common tendency to overuse
\change_deleted -712698321 1525757236
character
\change_inserted -712698321 1525757236
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1525757709
-In contrast to the custom text styles, the builtin styles are represented
- only as font changes and integrated in the
+In contrast to the custom text styles,
+ the builtin styles are represented only as font changes and integrated in the
\family sans
Text Properties
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1525757241
-Custom text styles can be provided by the document class, a module (see
- section
+Custom text styles can be provided by the document class,
+ a module (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-), or local layout settings (see section
+),
+ or local layout settings (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Local-Layout"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
- As the two builtin styles, they provide
+ As the two builtin styles,
+ they provide
\emph on
semantic
\emph default
markup for specific functions.
- For instance, \SpecialChar LyX
+ For instance,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
ships a
\emph on
Linguistics
\emph default
- module that provides, among other things, some custom text styles to markup
- linguistic levels:
+ module that provides,
+ among other things,
+ some custom text styles to markup linguistic levels:
+
\emph on
expressions
\emph default
-,
+,
+
\noun on
concepts
\noun default
-, and
+,
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1525757806
-These styles can be found, if available, in the
+These styles can be found,
+ if available,
+ in the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1525757245
-For the purpose of demonstration, we have loaded in this document the optional
- module
+For the purpose of demonstration,
+ we have loaded in this document the optional module
\family sans
Logical Markup
\family default
that replicates and extends the two builtin styles.
- By example of the emphasized style, we can see the differences in look
- and feel (although the result in the typeset output is the same): while
- the builtin
+ By example of the emphasized style,
+ we can see the differences in look and feel (although the result in the typeset output is the same):
+ while the builtin
\emph on
emphasized style
\emph default
- appears as normal font change, the custom text style
+ appears as normal font change,
+ the custom text style
\begin_inset Flex Emph
status open
\end_inset
- appears as an inset, with a label below that identifies its semantics.
+ appears as an inset,
+ with a label below that identifies its semantics.
This is the way all custom text styles look and feel like.
- For instance, the three others from the module we have loaded are:
+ For instance,
+ the three others from the module we have loaded are:
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status open
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset Flex Strong
status open
\end_inset
-, and
+,
+ and
\begin_inset Flex Noun
status open
\end_inset
.
- Note that custom text styles might (as in the example) or might not emulate
- on screen their formal appearance.
+ Note that custom text styles might (as in the example) or might not emulate on screen their formal appearance.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\change_inserted -712698321 1525599505
formal
\change_unchanged
-fine-tuning; so \SpecialChar LyX
+fine-tuning;
+ so \SpecialChar LyX
gives you a way to
\change_deleted -712698321 1525595143
create a custom
character style
\change_unchanged
.
- For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
- requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
- Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
- from ordinary dialog.
+ For example,
+ an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
+ Also,
+ writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts from ordinary dialog.
\change_inserted -712698321 1525595231
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1525757255
-If there are no custom text styles provided by the document class or a module
- for this purpose (which is, as written above, generally the better way
- of handling such issues), you often find yourself wanting to quickly tweak
- the properties of the respective text passages.
+If there are no custom text styles provided by the document class or a module for this purpose (which is,
+ as written above,
+ generally the better way of handling such issues),
+ you often find yourself wanting to quickly tweak the properties of the respective text passages.
That's where
\emph on
formal markup
\change_inserted -712698321 1525599700
tweak the text properties
\change_unchanged
-, we want to issue a warning yet again: Don't overuse
+,
+ we want to issue a warning yet again:
+ Don't overuse
\change_deleted -712698321 1525599715
character styles
\change_inserted -712698321 1525599716
that
\change_unchanged
-!
+!
+
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not easy to read and
- tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
+Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not easy to read and tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1525599739
tweak text properties
\change_unchanged
-, open the
+,
+ open the
\change_deleted -712698321 1525599762
\family sans
\change_inserted -712698321 1525599782
combo
\change_unchanged
-boxes in this dialog, each corresponding to a different
+boxes in this dialog,
+ each corresponding to a different
\change_deleted -712698321 1525599798
font
\change_inserted -712698321 1525599796
text
\change_unchanged
property that you can choose.
- You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
+ You can choose an option for one of these properties,
+ or select
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
change
\family default
-, which keeps the current state of that property.
+,
+ which keeps the current state of that property.
The item
\change_deleted -712698321 1525677079
\family default
will reset the property to whatever is the default.
- You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
- environments all at once.
+ You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph environments all at once.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_unchanged
roperties
\family default
-, and their options (in addition to
+,
+ and their options (in addition to
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font, which means every character has the same width; the
+ font,
+ which means every character has the same width;
+ the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Phantom-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
This is the Slanted font shape
\shape default
(although it might not be visible in \SpecialChar LyX
-, this is different from italic).
+,
+ this is different from italic).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\change_deleted 630872221 1621006688
\family default
-, which means that the document default color set in
+,
+ which means that the document default color set in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
text
\family default
- is used, you can
+ is used,
+ you can
\change_deleted -712698321 1525599960
choose
\change_deleted 630872221 1621006688
\family sans
Black
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
White
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Red
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Green
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Blue
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Cyan
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Magenta
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Yellow
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Brown
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Darkgray
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Gray
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Lightgray
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Lime
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Orange
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Olive
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Pink
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Purple
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Teal
\family default
\family default
text.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! Text
+Color
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Text
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Language
\family default
- This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
- the language of the document.
+ This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from the language of the document.
Text marked in this way will be underlined in the \SpecialChar LyX
- workarea in blue to
- indicate the change
+ workarea in blue to indicate the change
\change_deleted -712698321 1525600002
(only within \SpecialChar LyX
)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-If you have for example, an extract of German text in a non-German document,
+If you have for example,
+ an extract of German text in a non-German document,
\SpecialChar LaTeX
respects the German hyphenation rules automatically.
When using the spell checking (see section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Spellchecking"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-If you do not want text passages to be spellchecked, activate
+If you do not want text passages to be spellchecked,
+ activate
\family sans
Exclude from Spellchecking
\family default
\change_deleted -712698321 1525600037
no
\change_unchanged
-numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportional to the
- document font size.
- Once again, you don't feed \SpecialChar LyX
- the details, but a general description of what
- you want to do.
+numerical values here;
+ all possible sizes are actually proportional to the document font size.
+ Once again,
+ you don't feed \SpecialChar LyX
+ the details,
+ but a general description of what you want to do.
The options are:
\end_layout
\family sans
Increase
\family default
- This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
+ This increases the size by one step (for instance,
+ from
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Decrease
\family default
- This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
+ This decreases the size by one step (for instance,
+ from
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\emph on
yet again
\emph default
-: don't go crazy with this feature.
+:
+ don't go crazy with this feature.
You should almost never need to change the font size.
\SpecialChar LyX
- automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
- — use those instead.
+ automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments —
+ use those instead.
This is here for fine-tuning only!
\change_inserted 630872221 1621006744
\family sans
(Without)
\family default
-, which means that the document default color set in
+,
+ which means that the document default color set in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
text
\family default
- is used, you can select
+ is used,
+ you can select
\family sans
Black
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
White
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Red
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Green
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Blue
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Cyan
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Magenta
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Yellow
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Brown
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Darkgray
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Gray
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Lightgray
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Lime
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Orange
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Olive
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Pink
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Purple
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Teal
\family default
\family default
text.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\change_inserted 630872221 1621006733
-Color ! Text
+Color
+\change_unchanged
+
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 630872221 1621006733
+Text
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
.
\change_inserted -712698321 1525600240
-Avoid using underlining if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter
- days, when you could not change fonts.
+Avoid using underlining if you can!
+ It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
+ when you could not change fonts.
One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
This is only possible in \SpecialChar LyX
because some people
\shape italic
Italic
\shape default
-, but it is actually a bit different.
+,
+ but it is actually a bit different.
Emphasized is a
\emph on
logical
\emph default
attribute.
- That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
- text.
+ That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized text.
Normally this font is equal to italic.
\change_inserted -712698321 1525600322
\change_deleted -712698321 1525600236
\family default
-Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
+Avoid using underbar if you can!
+ It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
when you could not change fonts.
One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
This is only possible in \SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
- about double underbar
+As we just warned you against using underbar,
+ you can imagine what we think about double underbar
\change_unchanged
.
\end_layout
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
- changed in the meantime.
+This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been changed in the meantime.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\family sans
Language
\family default
- This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
- the language of the document.
+ This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from the language of the document.
Text marked in this way will be underlined in the \SpecialChar LyX
- workarea in blue to
- indicate the change.
+ workarea in blue to indicate the change.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-If you have for example, an extract of German text in a non-German document,
+If you have for example,
+ an extract of German text in a non-German document,
\SpecialChar LaTeX
respects the German hyphenation rules automatically.
When using the spell checking (see section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Spellchecking"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-If you do not want text passages to be spellchecked, activate
+If you do not want text passages to be spellchecked,
+ activate
\family sans
Exclude from Spellchecking
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1525757268
-In addition to all the formal markup described above, the dialog also provides
- you access to the two builtin semantic text styles (see section
+In addition to all the formal markup described above,
+ the dialog also provides you access to the two builtin semantic text styles (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Builtin-Character-Styles"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\family sans
Emphasized:
+
\family default
\emph on
Noun
\change_inserted -712698321 1525600548
:
+
\change_unchanged
\family default
\family sans
Emph
\family default
-, this is a logical attribute.
+,
+ this is a logical attribute.
Normally it's equivalent to
\family sans
Small
arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
-) dialog, the settings are
+) dialog,
+ the settings are
\change_inserted -712698321 1525600733
temporarily
\change_unchanged
even when the dialog isn't visible.
\change_inserted -712698321 1545905101
- A press on the button will apply the most recent setting again, a press
- on the down-arrow will open a menu with the (max.
- 20) most recently applied settings, from which you can select one.
+ A press on the button will apply the most recent setting again,
+ a press on the down-arrow will open a menu with the (max.
+ 20) most recently applied settings,
+ from which you can select one.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\change_inserted -712698321 1525600823
text properties of a selection
\change_unchanged
- to the default, use
+ to the default,
+ use
\change_inserted -712698321 1545917704
either
\change_deleted -712698321 1545917700
.
\change_deleted -712698321 1525600803
-If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed (suppose
- you just set the shape to
+If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed (suppose you just set the shape to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-), set the
+),
+ set the
\family sans
Toggle
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Standard
\change_deleted -712698321 1525607419
-You should also know something about the differences between the three main
- font types
+You should also know something about the differences between the three main font types
\family sans
serif
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
serif
\family default
-, and
+,
+ and
\family sans
typewriter
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font, which means every character has the same width; the
+ font,
+ which means every character has the same width;
+ the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Phantom-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
Style
\family default
- dialog, applying the style to text that already has the property will cause
- the property to be removed.
- If you, for example, apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
- currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
- and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
- G.
+ dialog,
+ applying the style to text that already has the property will cause the property to be removed.
+ If you,
+ for example,
+ apply a style with properties A,
+ B and C to text that currently has font properties B,
+ C,
+ F and G,
+ and if B is set to toggle and C is set not to toggle,
+ the text ends up with properties A,
+ C,
+ F and G.
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
+ etc.),
+ toggling behavior is up to you.
If
\family sans
Toggle
all
\family default
- is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
- of them are.
- Finally,
+ is checked,
+ all of the left side properties are toggled;
+ by default,
+ none of them are.
+ Finally,
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
is never toggled.
- If you, for example, set
+ If you,
+ for example,
+ set
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
all
\family default
-, then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
- series (
+,
+ then apply the style to bold face text,
+ the text will revert to the default series (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-), no matter how many times you apply the style.
+),
+ no matter how many times you apply the style.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\change_inserted -712698321 1525607667
this section
\change_unchanged
-with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts! They are, more
- often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
+with the same warning once again:
+ Do not overuse the fonts!
+ They are,
+ more often than not,
+ a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
- using \SpecialChar LyX
-, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
- Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
- goes on behind-the-scenes.
+Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation using \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
+ Before we tell you that,
+ we want to give you a quick explanation of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
We cover this information in much greater detail in the
\emph on
Additional Features
as its backend.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
is just a macro package for the \SpecialChar TeX
- typesetting system, but to prevent confusion,
+ typesetting system,
+ but to prevent confusion,
we will only refer to \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
\SpecialChar LyX
is what you use to do your actual writing.
- Then, \SpecialChar LyX
+ Then,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
calls \SpecialChar LaTeX
to turn your writing into printable output.
This happens in two stages:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-First, \SpecialChar LyX
+First,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
converts your document to a series of text commands for \SpecialChar LaTeX
-, generating
- a file with the extension,
+,
+ generating a file with the extension,
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Next, \SpecialChar LyX
+Next,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
calls \SpecialChar LaTeX
to use the commands in the
\family typewriter
\begin_layout Subsection
Output file formats
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\change_unchanged
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats !
+File formats
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\change_deleted -131811572 1600337607
ASCII
\change_inserted -131811572 1600337612
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
text
\family default
.
- However, this will not export any externally generated material such as
- a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ However,
+ this will not export any externally generated material such as a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
bibliography (section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
- If your document includes such material, use
+ If your document includes such material,
+ use
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
(ps2ascii)
\family default
.
- This will first internally export your document to PostScript (generating
- thereby the external material) and then do the conversion to
+ This will first internally export your document to PostScript (generating thereby the external material) and then do the conversion to
\change_deleted -131811572 1600337720
ASCII
\change_inserted -131811572 1600337722
\SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! \SpecialChar LaTeX
+File formats
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
and contains all commands that are necessary for the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- program to process
- your document.
+ program to process your document.
If you know \SpecialChar LaTeX
-, you can use it to find out \SpecialChar LaTeX
--Errors or to process it manually
- with console commands.
+,
+ you can use it to find out \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Errors or to process it manually with console commands.
The \SpecialChar LaTeX
-file is automatically created in \SpecialChar LyX
-'s temporary directory whenever you
- view or export your document.
+'s temporary directory whenever you view or export your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Export"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsubsection
DVI
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! DVI
+File formats
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+DVI
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
- to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
+ (DVI),
+ because it is completely portable;
+ you can move them from one machine to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
DVIs are used for quick previews and as a pre-stage for other output formats,
like PostScript.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
+DVI files do not contain images,
+ they only link to them.
So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
- Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make
- them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer
- when you view the DVI.
+ Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make them visible when you scroll the DVI,
+ this can slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
\end_layout
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
- is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
- font access (see section
+ is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
- is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
- \SpecialChar TeX
+ is still a work in progress,
+ but it might develop into the next standard \SpecialChar TeX
processor.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
PostScript
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! PostScript
+File formats
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PostScript
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
Adobe
\family default
as a printer language.
- The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
- file.
+ The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the file.
PostScript can be seen as a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
+;
+ you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-If you are interested in learning more about this, have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
-
+If you are interested in learning more about this,
+ have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
pstricks
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! pstricks
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+pstricks
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
- As a result of this, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
+ As a result of this,
+ the files are often bigger than PDFs.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (EPS, file extension
+ (EPS,
+ file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
).
As \SpecialChar LyX
- allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has to
- convert them in the background to EPS.
- If, for example, you have 50
+ allows you to use any known image format in your document,
+ it has to convert them in the background to EPS.
+ If,
+ for example,
+ you have 50
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-images in your document, \SpecialChar LyX
+images in your document,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
has to do 50
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
This might slow down your workflow with \SpecialChar LyX
.
- So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
- EPS to avoid this problem.
+ So if you plan to use PostScript,
+ you can insert your images directly as EPS to avoid this problem.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Subsubsection
PDF
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! PDF
+File formats
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PDF
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- implies, it can be processed on any computer system and the printed output
- looks exactly the same.
+ implies,
+ it can be processed on any computer system and the printed output looks exactly the same.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (JPG, file extension
+ (JPG,
+ file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (PNG, file extension
+ (PNG,
+ file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
).
- You can also use any other image format, because \SpecialChar LyX
- converts them in the
- background to one of these formats.
- But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
- will slow down your workflow.
+ You can also use any other image format,
+ because \SpecialChar LyX
+ converts them in the background to one of these formats.
+ But as described in the section about PostScript,
+ the image conversion will slow down your workflow.
So we recommend using images in one of the three formats mentioned above.
\end_layout
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
- is a new engine, derived from
+ is a new engine,
+ derived from
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
-, that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
- access (see section
+,
+ that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
- is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
- \SpecialChar TeX
+ is still a work in progress,
+ but it might develop into the next standard \SpecialChar TeX
processor.
\end_layout
Xe\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
- is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
- font access (see section
+ is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
- It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example,
+ It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts,
+ for example,
vertically written Japanese.
\end_layout
\family default
but the result is a PDF with cropped page margins.
This is for example useful if you want to use \SpecialChar LyX
- to generate good-looking
- formulas to use them in other programs like for presentations.
+ to generate good-looking formulas to use them in other programs like for presentations.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
\family default
- that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
- PDF.
+ that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to PDF.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family typewriter
pdftex
\family default
- supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
- works without problems.
+ supports all the features of actual PDF-versions,
+ is quick,
+ stable,
+ and works without problems.
If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar breakableslash
-or specific OpenType fonts, you might
- want to try out
+or specific OpenType fonts,
+ you might want to try out
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
(LuaTeX)
\family default
- instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
- as
+ instead,
+ bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature as
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
\begin_layout Subsubsection
XHTML
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-FileFormats ! XHTML
+FileFormats
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+XHTML
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them.
When \SpecialChar LyX
- produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
- suitable for the purpose.
+ produces XHTML,
+ it also generates corresponding images in formats suitable for the purpose.
For the math output you can choose in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Output
\family default
- between different formats, which are described in section
+ between different formats,
+ which are described in section
\emph on
Math Output in XHTML
\emph default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, and not all \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ and not all \SpecialChar LyX
features are supported yet.
See the chapter
\emph on
\SpecialChar LyX
and the World Wide Web
\emph default
-, in the
+,
+ in the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
- manual, for more information.
+ manual,
+ for more information.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Subsection
Previewing
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Preview
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Preview
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
- breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
-
+To get a look at the final version of your document,
+ with all of the page breaks in place,
+ the footnotes correctly numbered,
+ and so on,
+ use the menu
\family sans
Document
\family default
\end_inset
.
- A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
- output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see section
+ A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default output format,
+ which is globally set in the preferences (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
- (see section
+) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
- viewer window using the menu
+If you have changed your document,
+ you can refresh the output in the same viewer window using the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Update
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Update (Other Formats)
\family default
-, respectively.
+,
+ respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in \SpecialChar LyX
-'s temporary
- directory.
- To have a real output, export your document.
+When you preview a file,
+ the output file is only generated in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s temporary directory.
+ To have a real output,
+ export your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
A few Words about Typography
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
+Hyphens,
+ Dashes and Minus Signs
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
In \SpecialChar LyX
-, the
+,
+ the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- symbol comes in four variants: the
+ symbol comes in four variants:
+ the
\emph on
hyphen
\emph default
-, the
+,
+ the
\emph on
en dash
\emph default
-, the
+,
+ the
\emph on
em dash
\emph default
-, and the
+,
+ and the
\emph on
minus sign
\emph default
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-On Mac and Linux, the en dash is entered with
+On Mac and Linux,
+ the en dash is entered with
\family sans
Opt+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\begin_layout Plain Layout
—
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
unicode-insert
\family default
\SpecialChar LyX
- function with the Unicode code point as argument (2013 for the em dash
- and 2014 for the en dash).
+ function with the Unicode code point as argument (2013 for the em dash and 2014 for the en dash).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hyphen and dashes are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in math
- mode and has a length of its own.
+Hyphen and dashes are distinct from the minus sign,
+ which appears in math mode and has a length of its own.
Here are some examples:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-A–Z; pages
+A–Z;
+ pages
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-The em dash is used without spaces: Oh—there's a dash.
+The em dash is used without spaces:
+ Oh—
+there's a dash.
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Whether line breaks before or after dashes are allowed depends on the use
- case and locale, e.
+Whether line breaks before or after dashes are allowed depends on the use case and locale,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-In English, line breaks are generally allowed after the dash, but no line
- break should occur if only a single character follows the dash (as in A–Z).
+In English,
+ line breaks are generally allowed after the dash,
+ but no line break should occur if only a single character follows the dash (as in A–Z).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-In English, dashes used to set off parenthetical statements should not start
- a new line.
+In English,
+ dashes used to set off parenthetical statements should not start a new line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-In French and Spanish, dashes around parenthetical statements are treated
- similar to brackets: line breaks are not allowed on the inner side.
+In French and Spanish,
+ dashes around parenthetical statements are treated similar to brackets:
+ line breaks are not allowed on the inner side.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By default, dashes are output by \SpecialChar LyX
+By default,
+ dashes are output by \SpecialChar LyX
to \SpecialChar LaTeX
as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
allows line breaks after hyphens
\change_deleted -1402925745 1558782973
,
+
\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782983
and these
\change_unchanged
in \SpecialChar TeX
code
\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782753
-, a
+,
+ a
\change_deleted 177693 1654619787
protected
\change_inserted 177693 1654619789
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782431
-It is generally recommended to set the correct language for text parts not
- in the document language.
- We don't do this here to prevent a dependency on LaTeX support for French
- and Spanish.
+It is generally recommended to set the correct language for text parts not in the document language.
+ We don't do this here to prevent a dependency on LaTeX support for French and Spanish.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\end_inset
-—un inciso con rayas— se escribe así.
+—
+un inciso con rayas—
+ se escribe así.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to globally disable line breaks after dashes, you can select
- the option
+If you want to globally disable line breaks after dashes,
+ you can select the option
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Optional
\change_deleted 1675569489 1580913043
-
+
\change_inserted 1675569489 1580913043
\begin_inset space ~
\change_unchanged
line
\change_deleted 1675569489 1580913068
-
+
\change_inserted 1675569489 1580913068
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-Em-dashes without spaces—\SpecialChar allowbreak
-common in American English—\SpecialChar allowbreak
-should be followed by
- a line break opportunity.
+Em-dashes without spaces—
+\SpecialChar allowbreak
+common in American English—
+\SpecialChar allowbreak
+should be followed by a line break opportunity.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-With this setting, \SpecialChar LaTeX
- hyphenates words also if immediately followed by em
- or en dashes (see section
+With this setting,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ hyphenates words also if immediately followed by em or en dashes (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2.1, consecutive hyphen characters (-- and ---) in the LyX source were merged
- to en or em dashes by LaTeX.
+2.1,
+ consecutive hyphen characters (-- and ---) in the LyX source were merged to en or em dashes by LaTeX.
These
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- retain the line-break properties of hyphens while literal dash characters
- are regarded by \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ retain the line-break properties of hyphens while literal dash characters are regarded by \SpecialChar LaTeX
as
\emph on
non-breakable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2.2, consecutive hyphens in the LyX source are exported to \SpecialChar LaTeX
- in a way that
- prevents ligation to dashes.
+2.2,
+ consecutive hyphens in the LyX source are exported to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ in a way that prevents ligation to dashes.
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in documents from earlier versions are converted to literal dash characters
- (except in
+ in documents from earlier versions are converted to literal dash characters (except in
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
- font); typed in consecutive hyphens are merged to dash characters immediately
- after the input (unless the current text font is
+ font);
+ typed in consecutive hyphens are merged to dash characters immediately after the input (unless the current text font is
\family typewriter
type
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in PDF, Postscript, and DVI output.
- An unintended consequence of these changes was that all dashes were output
- as non-breakable dashes.
+ in PDF,
+ Postscript,
+ and DVI output.
+ An unintended consequence of these changes was that all dashes were output as non-breakable dashes.
This also resulted in changed line breaks in some older documents.
\end_layout
is active to prevent changes to the line breaks.
\series bold
Warning:
+
\series default
If you used both literal and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2.2 documents, you may need to enable or prevent individual line breaks as
- shown above to restore the correct line breaking behavior.
+2.2 documents,
+ you may need to enable or prevent individual line breaks as shown above to restore the correct line breaking behavior.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Hyphenation
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! babel
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+babel
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- hyphenates almost perfectly; it only has problems with text in the
+ hyphenates almost perfectly;
+ it only has problems with text in the
\family sans
typewriter
\family default
- font and with unusual constructs, like
+ font and with unusual constructs,
+ like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
.
If \SpecialChar LaTeX
- cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
+ cannot break a word correctly,
+ you can set hyphenation points manually.
This is done with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
.
These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
- If no hyphenation is necessary, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ If no hyphenation is necessary,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
will ignore them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
- Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
- in the form
+ Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document in the form
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
as a line break possibility.
A line break at this point would look ugly.
- To prevent the shortcut from being broken, you can use a
+ To prevent the shortcut from being broken,
+ you can use a
\change_deleted 177693 1654619800
protected
\change_inserted 177693 1654619804
\begin_layout Subsection
Punctuation Marks
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
When \SpecialChar LyX
calls \SpecialChar LaTeX
- to generate the final version of your document, \SpecialChar LaTeX
- automatically
- distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
+ to generate the final version of your document,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ automatically distinguishes between words,
+ sentences,
+ and abbreviations.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
then adds the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
- the next word.
- Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
- gets after another word.
+ That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next word.
+ Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word gets after another word.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
- not work in all cases.
+Unfortunately,
+ the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does not work in all cases.
If a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
- at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
+ is at the end of a lowercase letter,
+ it's the end of a sentence;
+ if it's at the end of a capitalized letter,
+ it's an abbreviation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To fix this problem, use one of the following:
+To fix this problem,
+ use one of the following:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Normal-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\change_unchanged
).
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spaces ! inter-word
+Spaces
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+inter-word
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Thin-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spaces ! thin
+Spaces
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+thin
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
+With the corrections,
+ our earlier examples look like this:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_layout Standard
Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
- If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because \SpecialChar LaTeX
-
+ If your language is such a language,
+ you don't need to worry,
+ because \SpecialChar LaTeX
will take care of this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
+For those that do need to bother,
+ there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
Check out the
\family sans
Check
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Quotation Marks
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Quotation marks
+Typography
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Quotation marks
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Quotation marks | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Typography
-\begin_inset ERT
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Quotation marks
+\begin_inset IndexMacro see
+status open
-}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Typography
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
usually sets quotation marks correctly.
- Specifically, it will insert an opening mark at the beginning of quoted
- text, and use a closing mark at the end.
- For example,
+ Specifically,
+ it will insert an opening mark at the beginning of quoted text,
+ and use a closing mark at the end.
+ For example,
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- The keyboard character,
+ The keyboard character,
+
\family sans
"
\family default
-, generates this automatically.
+,
+ generates this automatically.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
- quotation marks (as common, e.
+ quotation marks (as common,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., in the US)
+g.,
+ in the US)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_inset Quotes srs
\end_inset
- quotation marks (as common, e.
+ quotation marks (as common,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., in Sweden)
+g.,
+ in Sweden)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_inset Quotes grs
\end_inset
- quotation marks (as common, e.
+ quotation marks (as common,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., in Germany)
+g.,
+ in Germany)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_inset Quotes prs
\end_inset
- quotation marks (as common, e.
+ quotation marks (as common,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., in Poland)
+g.,
+ in Poland)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_inset Quotes crs
\end_inset
- quotation marks (as common, e.
+ quotation marks (as common,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., in Switzerland)
+g.,
+ in Switzerland)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset
- quotation marks (as common, e.
+ quotation marks (as common,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., in Denmark)
+g.,
+ in Denmark)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_inset Quotes brs
\end_inset
- quotation marks (as common, e.
+ quotation marks (as common,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., in Great Britain)
+g.,
+ in Great Britain)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_inset Quotes frs
\end_inset
- quotation marks (as common, e.
+ quotation marks (as common,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., in France)
+g.,
+ in France)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maybe you wonder why one does not simply use only outer marks in this case,
since these look identical to the inner marks.
- The answer is that you cannot easily switch to another style then (where
- the inner marks differ).
+ The answer is that you cannot easily switch to another style then (where the inner marks differ).
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes rrs
\end_inset
- quotation marks (as common, e.
+ quotation marks (as common,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., in Russia)
+g.,
+ in Russia)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_inset Quotes jrs
\end_inset
- quotation marks (as common, e.
+ quotation marks (as common,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., in Japan)
+g.,
+ in Japan)
\begin_inset Foot
status open
\change_unchanged
-Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols
- in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs.
+Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes krs
\end_inset
- quotation marks (as common, e.
+ quotation marks (as common,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., in North Korea and China)
+g.,
+ in North Korea and China)
\change_inserted -131811572 1600338410
\begin_inset script superscript
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols
- in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs.
+Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs.
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In many writing cultures, these are single quotation marks.
- But as the British and French styles show, this is not necessarily the
- case (and specifically the British style shows that
+In many writing cultures,
+ these are single quotation marks.
+ But as the British and French styles show,
+ this is not necessarily the case (and specifically the British style shows that
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
- for quotations inside quotations (and other tasks in some languages, such
- as
+ for quotations inside quotations (and other tasks in some languages,
+ such as
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By default, the quotation mark styles are persistent.
- That is to say, a quotation mark maintains the style that was current when
- it was inserted, even if the document-wide style changes.
+By default,
+ the quotation mark styles are persistent.
+ That is to say,
+ a quotation mark maintains the style that was current when it was inserted,
+ even if the document-wide style changes.
This allows you to enter marks of different style.
If you check the setting
\family sans
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language
\family default
-, however, special quotation marks will be inserted (in the LyX window,
+,
+ however,
+ special quotation marks will be inserted (in the LyX window,
they appear in a special color).
These marks will automatically adapt to the main style (and its changes).
- Such quotation marks make it easy to alter the quotation mark style in
- one step (e.
+ Such quotation marks make it easy to alter the quotation mark style in one step (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., if your publisher requests a different style).
+g.,
+ if your publisher requests a different style).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-e., their level [inner, outer], side [opening, closing], and style) can be
- easily switched by a context menu that pops up if you right-click on a
- mark.
+e.,
+ their level [inner,
+ outer],
+ side [opening,
+ closing],
+ and style) can be easily switched by a context menu that pops up if you right-click on a mark.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Ligatures
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Ligatures
+Typography
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Ligatures
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ligatures | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Typography
-\begin_inset ERT
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Ligatures
+\begin_inset IndexMacro see
+status open
-}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Typography
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
- print them as single characters.
+It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and print them as single characters.
These groups are known as
\emph on
ligatures
\emph default
.
Since \SpecialChar LaTeX
- knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too in the
- output.
+ knows about ligatures,
+ your documents will contain them too in the output.
Here are the standard ligatures:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
- While a ligature may be okay in the word,
+Sometimes,
+ you don't want a ligature in a word.
+ While a ligature may be okay in the word,
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- it looks really weird in compound words, such as
+ it looks really weird in compound words,
+ such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- To break a ligature, use
+ To break a ligature,
+ use
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
and \SpecialChar LaTeX
Logos
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LyX
- ! Proper names
+
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Proper names
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
Special Characters\SpecialChar menuseparator
Logos
\family default
-, \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
provides the following program logos with special formatting:
\end_layout
\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
\end_inset
-: The actual version is
+:
+ The actual version is
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, the previous one was
+,
+ the previous one was
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Units
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Units
+Typography
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Units
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
- space between two words.
- As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
- smaller.
+Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal space between two words.
+ As you can see in the example below,
+ it looks better when the space is smaller.
To get such a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Widows and Orphans
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Widows and orphans
+Typography
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Widows and orphans
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
- happened to end.
+In the early days of word processors,
+ page breaks went wherever the page happened to end.
There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
- For example the heading for a new section was printed at the very bottom
- of the page, the first line of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom
- of a page, or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
+ For example the heading for a new section was printed at the very bottom of the page,
+ the first line of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page,
+ or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
These bits of text became known as
\emph on
widows
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Clearly, \SpecialChar LyX
+Clearly,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
- But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
- of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
- built into \SpecialChar LaTeX
- governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there specifical
-ly to prevent widows and orphans.
- If they appear nevertheless and you don't like them, you can add the commands
+ But what about widows and orphans,
+ where the page breaks leave one line of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page?
+ There are rules built into \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ governing page breaks,
+ and some of those rules are there specifically to prevent widows and orphans.
+ If they appear nevertheless and you don't like them,
+ you can add the commands
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
-Notes, Graphics, Tables and Floats
+Notes,
+ Graphics,
+ Tables and Floats
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
\begin_layout Section
Notes
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
- a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as a \SpecialChar LaTeX
-comment when you export the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX
via the menu
\family sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
- set in the document settings under
+Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can set in the document settings under
\family sans
Colors\SpecialChar menuseparator
Greyed-out
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-As you can see in the example, greyed out notes can have footnotes.
+As you can see in the example,
+ greyed out notes can have footnotes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Section
Footnotes
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the menu
-
+ uses boxes to display footnotes:
+ When you insert a footnote using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Footnote
arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
\family default
\series default
\bar default
- a box like this:
+ a box like this:
+
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/footnote.png
scale 95
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
-label, the box will
+label,
+ the box will
\family default
\series default
\bar default
\series medium
\bar no
.
- If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
- and click on the footnote
+ If you want to turn existing text into a footnote,
+ simply highlight it and click on the footnote
\family default
\series default
\bar default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
+To close a footnote,
+ click on the footnote box label.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
- position where the footnote box is placed.
+The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text position where the footnote box is placed.
The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
The footnote number is calculated by \SpecialChar LyX
according to the document class.
\SpecialChar LyX
- does not yet support a particular numbering scheme, but you can get other
- schemes using special \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ does not yet support a particular numbering scheme,
+ but you can get other schemes using special \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands.
T
\family roman
\begin_layout Section
Marginal Notes
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
arg "marginalnote-insert"
\end_inset
-, you will see
+,
+ you will see
\family roman
\series medium
a
\begin_layout Standard
Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
- In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
- pages, right on odd pages.
+ In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even pages,
+ right on odd pages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Section
Graphics and Images
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
- you want and click on the toolbar icon
+To insert an image in your document,
+ place the cursor at the text position you want and click on the toolbar icon
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
Graphics
\family default
tab allows you to choose your image file.
- The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
- factor.
+ The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling factor.
The scaling units are explained in Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Units-available-in"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\family sans
Clipping
\family default
- it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
- of the image in the output.
- The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
-
+ it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width of the image in the output.
+ The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
\family sans
Get
\begin_inset space ~
box
\family default
will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
- Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
- the tab
+ Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore the tab
\family sans
Clipping
\family default
mode
\family default
- has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
- with the image size is printed.
+ has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output,
+ only a frame with the image size is printed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
- Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
- in the text.
- This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
+ Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are in the text.
+ This is an example image within a separate,
+ horizontally centered paragraph:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
- the image into a float, see section
+If you need image captions or want to reference images,
+ you have to put the image into a float,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Figure-Floats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Image Formats
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images ! Formats
+Images
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Formats
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
+,
+ every output document format allows only a few image formats.
\SpecialChar LyX
therefore uses the program
\family typewriter
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
+images consist of pixel values,
+ often in a compressed form.
They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
Well-known bitmap image formats are
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (GIF, file extension
+ (GIF,
+ file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-GIF|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+GIF
+\begin_inset IndexMacro see
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (PNG, file extension
+ (PNG,
+ file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PNG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+PNG
+\begin_inset IndexMacro see
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, and
+,
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (JPG, file extension
+ (JPG,
+ file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-JPG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+JPG
+\begin_inset IndexMacro see
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
- data loss.
- The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
- presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
+images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without data loss.
+ The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations,
+ because presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (SVG, file extension
+ (SVG,
+ file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SVG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+SVG
+\begin_inset IndexMacro see
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (EPS, file extension
+ (EPS,
+ file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-EPS|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+EPS
+\begin_inset IndexMacro see
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, and
+,
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (PDF, file extension
+ (PDF,
+ file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
- result will not be scalable.
- In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
- image.
+,
+ because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the result will not be scalable.
+ In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original image.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
+In the case of PDF,
+ the original image is additionally compressed.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only
+Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one,
+ only
\emph on
vice versa
\emph default
\begin_layout Subsection
Grouping of Image Settings
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images ! Settings grouping
+Images
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings grouping
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
- group.
- Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
- of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
- the same way.
- So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
- need to manually change each of them.
+Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing group.
+ Images within such a group share their settings,
+ so adjusting one image of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in the same way.
+ So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the need to manually change each of them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
LyX options
\family default
tab.
- Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
- and checking the name of the desired group.
+ Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image and checking the name of the desired group.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Tables
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Table
\family default
.
- A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns
+ A dialog will appear,
+ asking you for the number of rows and columns
\change_inserted -712698321 1554288358
-, and you can select a specific (border) style
+,
+ and you can select a specific (border) style
\change_unchanged
.
- The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
- from the rest of the table.
- This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
- have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
- them.
+ The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated from the rest of the table.
+ This separation appears due to a double line:
+ The cells of the first row have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above them.
Here is an example table:
\end_layout
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- which looks line the above table, but without the first row being separated
- via double line,
+ which looks line the above table,
+ but without the first row being separated via double line,
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as often used in professional publishing with horizontal lines only and
- bold top/bottom lines (see
+ as often used in professional publishing with horizontal lines only and bold top/bottom lines (see
\emph on
Embedded Objects
\emph default
- manual, section
+ manual,
+ section
\emph on
Formal Tables
\emph default
).
\change_inserted 630872221 1621434190
- It is also possible to have an horizontal (thin) Footline above the last
- line.
+ It is also possible to have an horizontal (thin) Footline above the last line.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1554288823
-The default style used in the dialog as well as the style used by the toolbar
- button can be changed in
+The default style used in the dialog as well as the style used by the toolbar button can be changed in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text Layout
\family default
.
- So if the default style above is not the one you need, you should alter
- this setting.
+ So if the default style above is not the one you need,
+ you should alter this setting.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
- then choosing
+You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and then choosing
\family sans
More\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
.
This brings up the table dialog.
- Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
- cursor is placed currently.
+ Here you can adjust the settings of the cell,
+ row and/or column where the cursor is placed currently.
Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
- This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
- done on all of your selection.
+ This means that if you select more cells,
+ columns or rows the action is done on all of your selection.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In addition to the table dialog, the
+In addition to the table dialog,
+ the
\family sans
table
\begin_inset space ~
Settings
\family default
of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
- If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
- current cell respectively.
- The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
- is given.
- A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
- of text, see section
+ If you add a row or column,
+ it will be inserted right beside or below the current cell respectively.
+ The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width is given.
+ A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs of text,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Table-Cells"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
- using the check box
+You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell using the check box
\family sans
Multicolumn
\family default
\emph on
one
\emph default
- cell, spread over more than one column/row.
- Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
+ cell,
+ spread over more than one column/row.
+ Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows,
+ so that the alignment,
+ width,
and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
- Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
- in the last row without the upper border:
+ Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one in the last row without the upper border:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Adept users can declare special \SpecialChar LaTeX
-arguments for the table.
- They are necessary for special table formatting, such as the multirow cells,
+ They are necessary for special table formatting,
+ such as the multirow cells,
explained in the chapter
\emph on
Tables
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
Most DVI-viewers are
\emph on
\begin_layout Subsection
Multi-page Tables
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables ! Multi-page
+Tables
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Multi-page
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
+If the table is too long to fit on one page,
+ you can use the option
\family sans
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\family sans
Header
\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable.
- Except for the first page, if
+:
+ The current row and all rows above,
+ that don't have any special options defined,
+ are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable.
+ Except for the first page,
+ if
\family sans
First
\begin_inset space ~
header
\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
+:
+ The current row and all rows above,
+ that don't have any special options defined,
+ are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
Footer
\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable,
- except for the last page, if
+:
+ The current row and all rows below,
+ that don't have any special options defined,
+ are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable,
+ except for the last page,
+ if
\family sans
Last
\begin_inset space ~
footer
\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
+:
+ The current row and all rows below,
+ that don't have any special options defined,
+ are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
+Caption:
+ The first row is reset as a single column.
You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
\begin_layout Standard
You can also specify a row where the table is split.
- If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
- that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
-
+ If you set more than one option in the same table row,
+ you should be aware that then only the first option is used;
+ the others will be defined as
\emph on
empty
\emph default
.
- In this context, first means first in this order:
+ In this context,
+ first means first in this order:
+
\family sans
-Footer, Last
+Footer,
+ Last
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
footer,
+
\family default
\family sans
Header,
+
\family default
\family sans
header
\family default
-; see the following longtable to see how it works:
+;
+ see the following longtable to see how it works:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111, 222
+111,
+ 222
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555, 222
+555,
+ 222
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Table Cells
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables ! Cells
+Tables
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Cells
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
+A table cell can contain text,
+ inline equations,
+ a figure,
+ or another table.
All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
\family sans
Section*
\family default
-, etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
+,
+ etc.),
+ nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
- for the column in the table dialog.
- Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
- is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
+To have multi-line entries in table cells,
+ you have to declare a fixed width for the column in the table dialog.
+ Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
An example:
\end_layout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not
- be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
+Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Shift
\family default
plus the arrow keys works as usual.
- You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
- the selection from outside the table.
+ You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting the selection from outside the table.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Floats
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
- have a fixed location.
+A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label,
+ which doesn't have a fixed location.
It can
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
+ forward or backward a page or two,
+ to wherever it fits best.
\family sans
Footnotes
Notes
\family default
- are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
- too many notes on the current page.
+ are also floats,
+ because they can float to the next page when there are too many notes on the current page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
- Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
- and pages without text.
- As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
- the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
+ Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace and pages without text.
+ As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and the image/table,
+ every float can be referenced in the text.
Floats are therefore numbered.
Referencing is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To insert a float, use the menu
+To insert a float,
+ use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Float
\family default
.
A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
- The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
- the output.
+ The label will automatically be translated to the document language in the output.
After the label you can insert the caption text.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Captions
+Floats
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Captions
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
- paragraph within the float.
+ The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate paragraph within the float.
To keep your \SpecialChar LyX
--document readable, you can open and close the float box by
- left-clicking on the box label.
- A closed float box looks like this:
+-document readable,
+ you can open and close the float box by left-clicking on the box label.
+ A closed float box looks like this:
+
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/float.png
scale 80
\begin_layout Standard
You should insert floats in a separate paragraph to avoid possible \SpecialChar LaTeX
--errors
- that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
+-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Figure floats
+Floats
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Figure floats
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:A-star-in"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_inset
).
- The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
- using the menu
+ The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Graphics
\end_inset
).
- The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
- to the left or right of the image and using the menu
+ The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor to the left or right of the image and using the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
- to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
+This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference to it:
+ Insert a label into the caption using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Label
\end_inset
).
- It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using
- vague references like
+ It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using vague references like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, because, as \SpecialChar LaTeX
- will reposition the floats in the final document, it might
- not be
+,
+ because,
+ as \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ will reposition the floats in the final document,
+ it might not be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
at all.
- For more about cross-references, see section
+ For more about cross-references,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
- might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
+Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float,
+ but sometimes you might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
- Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
- as described in section
+ Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:List-of-Figures"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Two-images"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Undefinable"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Star"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Table Floats
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Table floats
+Floats
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Table floats
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- They have the same properties as figure floats except that the table in
- the float is normally placed below the caption and not above like for figures
- and that the label begins with “tab:”.
+ They have the same properties as figure floats except that the table in the float is normally placed below the caption and not above like for figures and that the label begins with “tab:”.
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Table-float"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
More Information
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Details
+Floats
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Details
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
- It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
- float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
- caption.
- All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter
-
+ It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme,
+ to control the float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float caption.
+ All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter
\emph on
Floats
\emph default
\begin_layout Section
Minipages
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page, called
- a minipage.
- Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
+ provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page,
+ called a minipage.
+ Within a minipage,
+ all the usual rules of indentation,
+ line wrapping,
+ etc.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
Box
\family default
.
- Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
- and its alignment within the page.
+ Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage and its alignment within the page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\shape italic
-Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
- another formatting.
+Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs another formatting.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
-If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
+If you place two minipages side-by-side,
+ you can use
\family sans
Horizontal Fills
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
- box type.
+When you right-click on a minipage box,
+ you can transform the box to another box type.
All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
\emph on
Boxes
\begin_layout Chapter
Mathematical Formulas
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Formulas|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+Formulas
+\begin_inset IndexMacro see
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
Math
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Basic Math Editing
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Basics
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Basics
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
+To create a math formula,
+ you can just click on the toolbar icon
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-mode on"
\end_inset
).
- That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
- corners.
- That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
- what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
+ That will create a little blue rectangle,
+ with purple markers around its corners.
+ That blue rectangle is the formula itself;
+ the purple markers indicate what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
- with the
+Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done with the
\family sans
math
\begin_inset space ~
toolbar
\family default
-, that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
+,
+ that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
- Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
+There are two main types of formulas,
+ inline formulas and display formulas.
+ Inline formulas appear within a text line,
+ like this one:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
- paragraph, like this one:
+Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate paragraph,
+ like this one:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
A=B
\SpecialChar LyX
also supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX
math commands.
- For example, typing
+ For example,
+ typing
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
+,
+ followed by a space,
+ in a formula will create the Greek letter
\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Navigating in Formulas
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Navigating
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Navigating
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
- achieved with the arrow keys.
+The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is achieved with the arrow keys.
\SpecialChar LyX
uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
\end_inset
-, or parentheses
+,
+ or parentheses
\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
\end_inset
-, or a matrix
+,
+ or a matrix
\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
1 & 2\\
3 & 4
\family sans
Escape
\family default
- will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
+ will leave the formula,
+ placing the cursor after the formula.
\family sans
Tab
\family default
- can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
- cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
+ can be used to move horizontally in a formula;
+ for example,
+ through the cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Space
\family default
-, printed in this document as
+,
+ printed in this document as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
- characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
- For this reason, you have to be careful about using
+,
+ seems to do nothing in a formula,
+ since it does not add a space between characters,
+ but it does exit a nested structure.
+ For this reason,
+ you have to be careful about using
\family sans
Space
\family default
.
- For example, if you want
+ For example,
+ if you want
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
\end_inset
-, type
+,
+ type
\series bold
\backslash
+1
\series default
-, since in the latter case only the
+,
+ since in the latter case only the
\family typewriter
\begin_inset Formula $2x$
\family default
- will be under the square root sign:
+ will be under the square root sign:
+
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
- in, such as:
+You can leave many parts of a formula,
+ like this matrix,
+ partially filled in,
+ such as:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
\end_inset
-If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
- in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
+If you leave a fraction only partially filled in,
+ or a subscript with nothing in it,
+ the results will be unpredictable,
+ but most constructs don't mind.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Standard
You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
- Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
+ Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want,
+ and press
\family sans
Shift
\family default
and a cursor movement key to select text.
It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
- Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
- That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
+ Alternatively,
+ you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
+ That text can then be cut or copied,
+ and then pasted within any formula,
but not in a normal text region in \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Exponents and Subscripts
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Exponents
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Exponents
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Subscripts
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Subscripts
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
arg "math-subscript"
\end_inset
-), but it is often much easier to use a command.
+),
+ but it is often much easier to use a command.
To get
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
-, type in a formula
+,
+ type in a formula
\series bold
x^2
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\series bold
x^2y
\series default
-, you will get
+,
+ you will get
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
\end_inset
-, to get
+,
+ to get
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
\end_inset
-, type
+,
+ type
\series bold
x^2
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
y
\series default
.
- If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
- circumflex
+ If you use characters in the superscript,
+ that could be accented with the circumflex
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, you have to use an extra
+,
+ you have to use an extra
\family sans
Space
\family default
to separate the circumflex and the character.
- For example, if you want
+ For example,
+ if you want
\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
\end_inset
-, type
+,
+ type
\series bold
x^
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
a
\series default
.
- Subscripts are similar: To get
+ Subscripts are similar:
+ To get
\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
\end_inset
-, type
+,
+ type
\series bold
a_1
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\begin_layout Subsection
Fractions
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Fractions
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Fractions
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
You will be presented with an empty fraction.
The cursor is above the fraction line.
- To move it to the bottom, simply press
+ To move it to the bottom,
+ simply press
\family sans
Down
\family default
.
- To move back up, press
+ To move back up,
+ press
\family sans
Up
\family default
.
- Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
+ Any math structure can be placed in a fraction,
+ as this example shows:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
\begin_layout Subsection
Roots
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Roots
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Roots
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\backslash
root
\series default
- you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
+ you can produce roots of higher orders,
+ like cube roots,
+ while
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_layout Subsection
Operators with Limits
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Sums
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Sums
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Integrals
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Integrals
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
) operators are very often decorated with limits.
These limits can be entered in \SpecialChar LyX
- by entering them as you would enter a super-
- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
+ by entering them as you would enter a super- or subscript,
+ directly after the symbol.
The sum operator will automatically place its
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and to the side in inline
- formulas, as in
+ over and under the symbol in displayed formulas,
+ and to the side in inline formulas,
+ as in
\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
\end_inset
-, versus
+,
+ versus
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
\end_inset
-Integral signs, however, will place the limits to the side in both formula
- types.
+Integral signs,
+ however,
+ will place the limits to the side in both formula types.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
- display mode.
- The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
- behind the operator and using the menu
+All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
+ The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly behind the operator and using the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- feature, such as
+ feature,
+ such as
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Limits
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Limits
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
in display mode.
- In inline formulas it looks like this:
+ In inline formulas it looks like this:
+
\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Functions"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Math Symbols
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Symbols
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Symbols
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
- under one of several categories; including
+ under one of several categories;
+ including
\family sans
Greek
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Operators
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Relations
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Arrows
\family default
.
- There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
- Society (AMS).
+ There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you know the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, you
- don't have to use the
+-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
+ you don't have to use the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
Panel
\family default
-; you can type the command directly into the formula.
+;
+ you can type the command directly into the formula.
\SpecialChar LyX
will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Altering Spacing
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Spaces
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Spaces
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
+You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that \SpecialChar LaTeX
provides.
- To do this, press
+ To do this,
+ press
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected"
\end_inset
.
- This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
- For example, the sequence
+ This generates a small space,
+ and shows a small marker on the screen.
+ For example,
+ the sequence
\series bold
a Ctrl+Space b
\series default
-:
+:
+
\begin_inset Formula $a\,b$
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
- the space marker and enter space again several times.
+ You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind the space marker and enter space again several times.
With every space enter the size will be changed.
Some markers for the space size appear red in \SpecialChar LyX
-, because they are negative
- spaces.
+,
+ because they are negative spaces.
Here are two examples:
\end_layout
\family sans
Space
\family default
-:
+:
+
\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
\end_inset
\family sans
Space
\family default
-:
+:
+
\begin_inset Formula $a\!b$
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Functions
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Functions
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Functions
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
arg "math-insert \\functions"
\end_inset
- a number of function macros, such as
+ a number of function macros,
+ such as
\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\emph on
etc
\emph default
sin
\series default
etc.).
- Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
- avoid confusions, because
+ Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to avoid confusions,
+ because
\begin_inset Formula $sin$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts
- are placed, as described in section
+For some mathematical objects,
+ like limits,
+ the macro changes where subscripts are placed,
+ as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Accents
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Accents
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Accents
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
- mode.
- This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
+In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text mode.
+ This may depend on your keyboard,
+ or the bindings file you use.
You can also use \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands, for example, to enter
+ commands,
+ for example,
+ to enter
\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
arg "math-insert \\hat"
\end_inset
- in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
- a formula too.
+ in the math panel;
+ this will apply to any selection you have made within a formula too.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Brackets and Delimiters
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Brackets
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Brackets
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Delimiters
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Delimiters
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
There are several brackets available through \SpecialChar LyX
.
- For some purposes, using just the keys
+ For some purposes,
+ using just the keys
\family typewriter
[]{}()|<>
\family default
should suffice.
- But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
- or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
- toolbar delimiter icon
+ But if you want to surround a large structure,
+ like a matrix or a fraction,
+ or if you have several layers of brackets,
+ it is better to use the math toolbar delimiter icon
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset
.
- For example, if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way:
+ For example,
+ if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\left[\begin{array}{cc}
\end_inset
it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
- Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
-
+ Below,
+ the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
- that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
- inside.
+If you use the delimiter icon,
+ the parentheses,
+ and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is inside.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
- left side and right side.
+To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the left side and right side.
If you use the option
\family sans
Keep
matched
\family default
-, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
+,
+ the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
The selection will be shown as \SpecialChar TeX
code.
- If you want one side not to have a bracket, use
+ If you want one side not to have a bracket,
+ use
\family sans
(none)
\family default
.
It will appear in \SpecialChar LyX
- with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
+ with a dotted line,
+ but nothing will be printed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square
- root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that
- is to go inside the brackets.
+If you want to place brackets around existing math structures,
+ like a square root,
+ you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside the brackets.
Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
\family sans
Insert
\family default
.
- The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
- braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
- For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and
- enter
+ The most common bracket combinations (parentheses,
+ square brackets,
+ and braces,
+ on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
+ For example,
+ to insert a pair of parentheses,
+ select the structure and enter
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "math-delim ( )"
\begin_layout Section
Arrays and Multi-line Equations
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Arrays
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Arrays
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Matrices
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Matrices
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Multi-line Equations
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
+The parentheses aren't automatic,
+ but you can add them as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
- When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
- will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
+ When you construct the matrix,
+ you can decide whether the column entries will be left-,
+ right-,
+ or center-justified.
This alignment is set in the box
\family sans
Horizontal
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, and
+,
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
for every column as default.
- For example, the sequence
+ For example,
+ the sequence
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
- centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
- corresponds to the relevant column.
+ means that the first column will be left-justified,
+ the second will be centered,
+ and the third column will be right-justified,
+ because each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
The result will look like this:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
+There are other arrays used in formulas,
+ such as distinctions of cases.
It can be created with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
cases
\series default
.
- Here is an example:
+ Here is an example:
+
\begin_inset Formula
\[
f(x)=\begin{cases}
\end_inset
within a formula.
- In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
- column.
+ In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear,
+ one for each column.
When you press
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
- in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
+ in a non-empty formula,
+ the part before the relation sign (equal sign
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
- is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
+ etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column,
+ the relation sign is in the second column,
+ and the rest in the third column.
A new row is created by every further entry of
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
\end_inset
-Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
- in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
+Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
\begin_inset Formula
\begin{eqnarray*}
\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand eqref
reference "eq:asquared"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Formula Numbering and Referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Formula numbering
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Formula numbering
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Referencing formulas
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Referencing formulas
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
+To number a formula,
+ set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
The formula number appears in \SpecialChar LyX
within parentheses.
The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated.
- The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
- the document class.
+ The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on the document class.
In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
separated by a dot:
\begin_inset Formula
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
+Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line:
+ Using the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
- label type when you have many labels in your document.
+ as the first part of the label,
+ because this helps later to identify the label type when you have many labels in your document.
We inserted in the following example the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
).
A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
The reference appears in \SpecialChar LyX
- as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
- as the formula number:
+ as a gray cross-reference box and in the output as the formula number:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "eq:tanhExp"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
- To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
- press
+ To delete a label,
+ set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and press
\family sans
Del
\family default
\begin_layout Section
User defined math macros
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Macros
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Macros
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
- have equations of the same form in a document several times.
+ allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you have equations of the same form in a document several times.
Math macros are explained in section
\emph on
Math
\begin_layout Subsection
Typefaces
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Typefaces
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Typefaces
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
- To set a font in a formula, use the
+The standard font for text is italic,
+ for numbers the standard is roman.
+ To set a font in a formula,
+ use the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
-, or enter its command, listed in table
+,
+ or enter its command,
+ listed in table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-, directly.
+,
+ directly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
\family sans
Blackboard
\change_inserted 5863344 1592055666
-, Double stroke
+,
+ Double stroke
\change_deleted -131811572 1591595671
\family default
\change_inserted -131811572 1591595667
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Script
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
+When you use a typeface,
+ a blue box is inserted in the formula.
Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
Pressing
\family sans
Space
\family default
- within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
+ within the box will set the cursor outside,
+ so that you have to use a
\change_deleted 177693 1654619816
protected
\change_inserted 177693 1654619818
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
- You can, for example, put a character in
+The typefaces are nestable,
+ which can cause confusion.
+ You can,
+ for example,
+ put a character in
\family sans
Fraktur
\family default
\family sans
Typewriter
\family default
-:
+:
+
\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
+The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
+
\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
\end_inset
\backslash
boldsymbol
\series default
-, which works like the other typeface commands:
+,
+ which works like the other typeface commands:
+
\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
\end_inset
\backslash
boldsymbol
\series default
- works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
+ works for all symbols,
+ letters,
+ and numbers.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
+A number of other font options are available as well,
+ in the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
\begin_layout Subsection
Math Text
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Text
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Text
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
- not for text.
- For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
- the entry
+Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font,
+ but not for text.
+ For typing longer pieces of text use the math text,
+ which is obtained using the entry
\family sans
Normal
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Subsection
Font Sizes
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Font sizes
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Font sizes
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
- automatically chosen in most situations.
+There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode,
+ which are automatically chosen in most situations.
These are called
\family sans
textstyle
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
scriptstyle
\family default
-, and
+,
+ and
\family sans
scriptscriptstyle
\family default
.
- For most characters,
+ For most characters,
+
\family sans
textstyle
\family default
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
- are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
- and certain other structures, are set larger in
+ are actually the same size,
+ but fractions,
+ superscripts and subscripts,
+ and certain other structures,
+ are set larger in
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
.
- Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
- situations, all text will be set in the styles that \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Except for some operators,
+ which resize themselves to accommodate various situations,
+ all text will be set in the styles that \SpecialChar LaTeX
thinks are appropriate.
These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
\begin_inset Info
.
A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
- For example, you can set
+ For example,
+ you can set
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
\end_inset
-, which is normally in
+,
+ which is normally in
\family sans
textstyle
\family default
-, larger in
+,
+ larger in
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
-:
+:
+
\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
- is set in a particular size with the menu
+All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset is set in a particular size with the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
Style
\family default
-, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
- Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
- will be adjusted to correspond.
+,
+ all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
+ Similarly,
+ if the base font size of the document is changed,
+ all fonts will be adjusted to correspond.
As an example here is a formula in the font size
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! AMS
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+AMS
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS)
- that are in common use.
+ supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS) that are in common use.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in
- the document by
+You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in the document by
\change_inserted -131811572 1600338725
setting
\family sans
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
Options
\family default
.
- AMS is needed for many math-constructs; so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ AMS is needed for many math-constructs;
+ so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
-errors in formulas,
ensure that you have enabled AMS.
\end_layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
+Math
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Multi-line Equations
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family typewriter
align
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family typewriter
alignat
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family typewriter
flalign
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family typewriter
gather
\family default
-, and
+,
+ and
\family typewriter
multline
\family default
.
- We refer you to the AMS-documentation,
+ We refer you to the AMS-documentation,
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "AMS"
\end_inset
-, for an explanation of these formula types.
+,
+ for an explanation of these formula types.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
\begin_layout Section
Cross-References
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
One of \SpecialChar LyX
's strengths is cross-references.
- You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
- the document.
- To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
+ You can reference every section,
+ float,
+ footnote,
+ formula,
+ and list in the document.
+ To reference a document part,
+ you have to insert a label into it.
The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- A gray label box like this:
+ A gray label box like this:
+
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/label.png
is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
\SpecialChar LyX
- offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
- the text
+ offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix,
+ in our case the text
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted; for
- example, if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix
- will be
+ The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted;
+ for example,
+ if you insert a label into a section heading,
+ the suggested prefix will be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
+To reference the item,
+ we refer to its label using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\end_inset
.
- A gray cross-reference box like this:
+ A gray cross-reference box like this:
+
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/reference.png
\end_inset
- is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
- in the document.
+ is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels in the document.
We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
- in the output.
+ At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\family default
-, you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select
+,
+ you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select
\family sans
Copy as Reference
\family default
.
- The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
- to the actual cursor position via the menu
+ The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted to the actual cursor position via the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paste
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here is our cross-reference: Item
+Here is our cross-reference:
+ Item
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "enu:Second-item"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_inset
- between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
- line breaks between them.
+ between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly line breaks between them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
+<reference>:
+ prints the number,
+ this is the default:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Two-images"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
- normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
-
+(<reference>):
+ prints the number within two parentheses,
+ this is the style normally used to reference formulas,
+ especially when the reference name
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is omitted:
+ is omitted:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand eqref
reference "eq:tanhExp"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-<page>: prints the page number: Page
+<page>:
+ prints the page number:
+ Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand pageref
reference "fig:Two-images"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-<page>: prints the text “on page” and the page number:
+<page>:
+ prints the text “on page” and the page number:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand vpageref
reference "fig:Two-images"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-If the label is on the same page, it prints “on this page”; if the label
- is on a facing page in a two-sided document, it prints “on the facing page”;
- if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page, it prints “on
- the previous page”; if it is on the next page which is not a facing page,
+If the label is on the same page,
+ it prints “on this page”;
+ if the label is on a facing page in a two-sided document,
+ it prints “on the facing page”;
+ if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page,
+ it prints “on the previous page”;
+ if it is on the next page which is not a facing page,
it prints “on the next page”.
The wording of the printed text also depends on the used document class.
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-<page>: prints the number, the text “on page” and the page number:
+<page>:
+ prints the number,
+ the text “on page” and the page number:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand vref
reference "fig:Two-images"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-If the label is on the same page, this format behaves like
+If the label is on the same page,
+ this format behaves like
\family sans
\series bold
<reference>
\family default
\series default
-; otherwise it behaves like
+;
+ otherwise it behaves like
\family sans
\series bold
on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
+reference:
+ prints a self defined cross-reference format.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
This feature is only available when you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! prettyref
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+prettyref
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! refstyle
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+refstyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
You can select which \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package should be used for this feature by setting
- the option
+-package should be used for this feature by setting the option
\family sans
Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
\family default
\series default
(refstyle) in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
preamble of the document.
- For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
- shortcut
+ For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label shortcut
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
refstyle
\series default
predefines reference formats for all available types.
- This is especially true for the wide variety of mathematical `theorem'
- environments.
- So if you want to make formatted references to, say, Propositions, then
- you will need to define the relevant format yourself.
+ This is especially true for the wide variety of mathematical `theorem' environments.
+ So if you want to make formatted references to,
+ say,
+ Propositions,
+ then you will need to define the relevant format yourself.
For
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
-, you might do so as follows:
+,
+ you might do so as follows:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-For more information about defining formatted references, have a look at
- the package documentation
+For more information about defining formatted references,
+ have a look at the package documentation
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "prettyref,refstyle"
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
+reference:
+ prints the caption or the name of the reference:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand nameref
reference "fig:Two-images"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-only: prints only the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- label for the reference:
+only:
+ prints only the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ label for the reference:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand labelonly
reference "fig:Two-images"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-This allows for customization, using \SpecialChar TeX
- Code, if you want to issue a command
- that \SpecialChar LyX
+This allows for customization,
+ using \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code,
+ if you want to issue a command that \SpecialChar LyX
does not support.
If you are using
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
-, then you may want to use the
+,
+ then you may want to use the
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
Prefix
\family default
- option, which will output only the part of the reference following the
-
+ option,
+ which will output only the part of the reference following the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
-'s range commands.The number and current page of the referenced document
- part in the output is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s range commands.The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
The varieties are adjusted in the field
\family sans
Format
\family default
- of the cross-reference window, that appears when you click on the cross-referen
-ce.
+ of the cross-reference window,
+ that appears when you click on the cross-reference.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
<reference>
\family default
- to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
+ to reference numbered document parts,
+ while the reference style
\family sans
<page>
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
- for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
- it.
+If you want to reference a section,
+ put the label in the section heading;
+ for floats put the label in the caption;
+ for footnotes put the label in it.
Referencing formulas is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\family default
sets the cursor before the referenced label.
\change_inserted -584632292 1599757593
-(Ctrl-clicking on a cross-reference will also take you to its corresponding
- label.)
+(Ctrl-clicking on a cross-reference will also take you to its corresponding label.)
\change_unchanged
This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
\family sans
\change_inserted -584632292 1599757706
- or, using the menu:
+ or,
+ using the menu:
+
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
Bookmarks\SpecialChar menuseparator
\begin_layout Standard
You can change labels at any time.
- References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
- do not need to
+ References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you do not need to
\change_deleted -584632292 1599757720
think about this
\change_inserted -584632292 1599757724
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see in \SpecialChar LyX
- “BROKEN”
- in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output instead
- of the reference.
+If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label,
+ you will see in \SpecialChar LyX
+ “BROKEN” in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Section
Table of Contents and other Listings
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Navigating ! Outline
+Navigating
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Outline
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
.
It is displayed in \SpecialChar LyX
as a gray box.
- If you click on it, the
+ If you click on it,
+ the
\family sans
Outline
\family default
- window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
- to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
+ window appears,
+ showing you the TOC entries as outline,
+ which allows you to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
So this operation is an alternative to the menu
\family sans
View\SpecialChar menuseparator
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:The-Outliner"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
- If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
- in section
+ If you have declared a short title for a section heading,
+ as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Short-Titles"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
+,
+ it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
Section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
- describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
- listed in the TOC.
+ describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are listed in the TOC.
Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-List of Figures, Tables, Listings and Algorithms
+List of Figures,
+ Tables,
+ Listings and Algorithms
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:List-of-Figures"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Table, figure, listings and algorithm lists are very much like the table
- of contents.
+Table,
+ figure,
+ listings and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
You can insert them via the
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
\begin_layout Section
URLs and Hyperlinks
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example URL: \SpecialChar LyX
-'s homepage:
+Here is an example URL:
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+'s homepage:
+
\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
- in the style
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676535921
+You cannot change the style of the link text
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676535924
+By default
+\change_unchanged
+,
+ the URL text will always be in the style
\family typewriter
Typewriter
\family default
.
- To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
- subsection.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676535967
+You can globally change the formatting by putting to
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX Preamble
+\family default
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676536088
+
+\backslash
+urlstyle{<xx>}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676536347
+where
+\family typewriter
+<xx>
+\family default
+ is either
+\family typewriter
+rm
+\family default
+ (Roman),
+
+\family typewriter
+sf
+\family default
+ (Sans Serif),
+
+\family typewriter
+tt
+\family default
+ (Typewriter),
+ or
+\family typewriter
+same
+\family default
+ (use whatever the current text font is).
+ To have italicized URLs,
+ use this instead:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676536274
+
+\backslash
+def
+\backslash
+UrlFont{
+\backslash
+rmfamily
+\backslash
+itshape}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676536203
+To be able to format the URL text,
+ use hyperlinks as explained in the next subsection.
+ By default longer
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676535961
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413
+URLs will
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676534694
+not
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413
+break
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676535379
+between lines at certain characters,
+ namely:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676535384
+.
+ @
+\backslash
+ / !
+ _ | ;
+ > ] % ) ,
+ ?
+ & ' + = #
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676535411
+It does not break at a hyphen (
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+) by default,
+ but you can change that by adding
+\family sans
+hyphens
+\family default
+ to
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676535339
+at the of the line
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676535862
+
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom
+\family default
+.
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676535861
+;
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676535863
+i
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676535864
+I
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413
+f
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676535842
+this still does not break URLs suitably to you,
+ a last resort is to put
+\family typewriter
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{xurl}
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676535846
+
+\family default
+ is put
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676536760
+ to
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX Preamble
+\family default
+;
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676535894
+in the preamble then the
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676535897
+this will cause
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413
+ URL
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676535899
+s
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676535445
+can
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676535903
+to
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413
+ be broken at every character.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676536383
+
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
- URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ URLs must not end with a backslash,
+ otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
errors.
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- The appearing dialog has two fields:
+ The appearing dialog has two fields:
+
\family sans
Target
\family default
\family default
.
The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
- The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
+ The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "LyX's homepage"
\end_inset
-, an Email address like this:
+,
+ an Email address like this:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "lyx-docs mailing list"
\end_inset
-, or a link to a file.
+,
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1672058176
+or
+\change_unchanged
+a link to a file
+\change_inserted -712698321 1672058271
+ or any other valid URI (such as
+\family sans
+tel:<phone no.>
+\family default
+)
+\change_unchanged
+.
The option
\family sans
Literal
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
- adding the prefix
+You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by adding the prefix
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to the link target.
+ to the link target
+\change_inserted -712698321 1672058343
+,
+ but note that most PDF viewers disable such links for security reasons
+\change_unchanged
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
- To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
- the text style dialog.
- This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
+ To set the format of the link text,
+ highlight the hyperlink inset and use the text style dialog.
+ This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
+
\family sans
\series bold
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The link text color can be changed, when the option
+The link text color can be changed,
+ when the option
\family sans
Color links
\family default
PDF Properties
\family default
).
- The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
- option
+ The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the option
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\change_inserted -584632292 1588303474
Counters
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\change_inserted -584632292 1602541139
One powerful feature of \SpecialChar LaTeX
is its ability to manage counters.
- Mostly, this is handled automatically, but there are times one wants to
- modify counters directly.
+ Mostly,
+ this is handled automatically,
+ but there are times one wants to modify counters directly.
This can be done in
\change_deleted 630872221 1621500277
LyX
\SpecialChar LyX
\change_inserted -584632292 1602541139
- using the counter inset, which is accessible from the Edit menu.
- This allows one to set a counter's value; to reset it (to zero);
+ using the counter inset,
+ which is accessible from the Edit menu.
+ This allows one to set a counter's value;
+ to reset it (to zero);
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\change_inserted -584632292 1602541231
-Note that the section counter, e.g., starts with its value at zero and then
- is incremented to one when the first section is created.
- So, if you want the next section to be section five, say, then you need
- to set the section counter to four.
+Note that the section counter,
+ e.g.,
+ starts with its value at zero and then is incremented to one when the first section is created.
+ So,
+ if you want the next section to be section five,
+ say,
+ then you need to set the section counter to four.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\end_inset
- to add to the value (or subtract from it, since the value added can be
- negative); to save it; to restore the saved value; and to print the value.
+ to add to the value (or subtract from it,
+ since the value added can be negative);
+ to save it;
+ to restore the saved value;
+ and to print the value.
These effects can also be limited to
\change_deleted 630872221 1621500332
LyX
\change_inserted -584632292 1602541139
itself.
- And they will appear in HTML and DocBook output, as well as in
+ And they will appear in HTML and DocBook output,
+ as well as in
\change_deleted 630872221 1621500350
LaTeX
\change_inserted 630872221 1621500350
\family sans
Set counter:
+
\family default
Allows you to assign a specific value to a counter
\end_layout
\family sans
Increase counter:
+
\family default
- Allows you to add some specified amount to a counter (or to subtract, if
- you choose a negative number)
+ Allows you to add some specified amount to a counter (or to subtract,
+ if you choose a negative number)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
Reset to zero:
+
\family default
Sets the value of the counter to 0.
\end_layout
\family sans
Save value of counter:
+
\family default
Saves the value of the counter so that it can later be restored.
\end_layout
\family sans
Restore value of counter:
+
\family default
Restores the previously saved value.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -584632292 1588374230
-The dialog allows you to choose which counter you wish to modify from all
- those that are available in the current document class.
+The dialog allows you to choose which counter you wish to modify from all those that are available in the current document class.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Appendices
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Here
\family default
.
- This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
- as the appendix part of the book.
+ This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end as the appendix part of the book.
This part is marked with a red borderline.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Every chapter (or section) within the appendix part is treated as an appendix,
numbered with a capital Latin letter.
- The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
- and the subsection number.
+ The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot and the subsection number.
All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
here two examples:
\end_layout
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-; Appendix
+;
+ Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Export"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Bibliography
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a \SpecialChar LyX
document.
- You can include a bibliography database, which is explained in sec.
+ You can include a bibliography database,
+ which is explained in sec.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-, or you can insert the bibliography manually, using the paragraph environment
-
+,
+ or you can insert the bibliography manually,
+ using the paragraph environment
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
-, which is described in the following section (but see also sec.
+,
+ which is described in the following section (but see also sec.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Biblio_environment"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
- If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in
- this document, such as author-year citations, and if you have more than
- a handful of references, then you should seriously consider
+ If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in this document,
+ such as author-year citations,
+ and if you have more than a handful of references,
+ then you should seriously consider
\emph on
\emph default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In order to demonstrate the difference between these two approaches, we
- use two bibliographies in this document, a
+In order to demonstrate the difference between these two approaches,
+ we use two bibliographies in this document,
+ a
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
environment and a database-generated bibliography.
- As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
- only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
- In other words, the database approach relieves you, amongst other things,
+ As you can see,
+ the bibliography that is created from a database lists only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
+ In other words,
+ the database approach relieves you,
+ amongst other things,
from the burden to check which entries you have actually cited.
\end_layout
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
- environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
- with a number.
- If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
+ environment,
+ every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled with a number.
+ If you click on it,
+ you will get a dialog in which you can set a
\family sans
Key
\family default
Label
\family default
.
- The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
- entry.
- Each entry needs to be given a unique key, which is one word consisting
- of ASCII characters only.
+ The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography entry.
+ Each entry needs to be given a unique key,
+ which is one word consisting of ASCII characters only.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\end_inset
- For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about \SpecialChar LaTeX
- and
- we used
+ For example,
+ our second entry in the bibliography is a book about \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ and we used
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, a short form of its title, as the key.
+,
+ a short form of its title,
+ as the key.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family sans
Label
\family default
- for the entry, references to it will appear with this label instead of
- the number of the entry.
+ for the entry,
+ references to it will appear with this label instead of the number of the entry.
The option
\family sans
Literal
\family default
in the bibliography items settings dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX
- code to the
-
+ code to the
\family sans
Label
\family default
\end_inset
.
- A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
- containing the available citations.
+ A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear containing the available citations.
Select one or more keys from the list and
\family sans
Add
\family default
.
The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key(s).
- If you click on the box, the citation window will appear and you can change
- the reference.
+ If you click on the box,
+ the citation window will appear and you can change the reference.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Citation references appear in the output as the number or the label of the
- bibliography entry with surrounding brackets.
- Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
-
+Citation references appear in the output as the number or the label of the bibliography entry with surrounding brackets.
+ Here are two examples;
+ the first without a label,
+ the second with the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\SpecialChar LaTeX
Companion Second Edition
\family default
-:
+:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion"
\begin_layout Standard
The \SpecialChar LyX
--Team members are listed in the Credits:
+-Team members are listed in the Credits:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "lyxcredit"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also produce author-year or author-number citations, using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-
+You can also produce author-year or author-number citations,
+ using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
package
\series bold
natbib
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! natbib
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+natbib
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- In order to do so,
+ In order to do so,
+
\change_deleted -712698321 1555659455
the label needs to be given the form
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\emph on
without
\emph default
- a blank between the author(s) and the opening parenthesis that delimits
- the year.
- Then, if you
+ a blank between the author(s) and the opening parenthesis that delimits the year.
+ Then,
+ if you
\change_unchanged
select
\family sans
\family default
in the document settings
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
)
\change_inserted -712698321 1555660530
.
- Once you have done that, the
+ Once you have done that,
+ the
\family sans
Bibliography
\change_inserted 630872221 1621589258
Label
\family default
field:
+
\family sans
Author Names
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Year
\family default
All Author Names
\family default
.
- The first one takes the Author list as it should be displayed in the citation
- reference, the second the year (without parentheses).
+ The first one takes the Author list as it should be displayed in the citation reference,
+ the second the year (without parentheses).
These two are madatory.
- If there are multiple authors and you want to both refer to them as a full
- list (
+ If there are multiple authors and you want to both refer to them as a full list (
\emph on
-Baker, Jones, and Williams
+Baker,
+ Jones,
+ and Williams
\emph default
) and in abrreviated form (
\emph on
)
\change_unchanged
,
+
\change_inserted -712698321 1555660544
add the abbreviated form to
\family sans
\change_unchanged
\change_inserted -712698321 1555659886
-If specified like this,
+If specified like this,
+
\change_unchanged
you can select between different author-year or author-number styles
\change_inserted -712698321 1555660646
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Citation
\family default
- dialog, and if
+ dialog,
+ and if
\family sans
All Author Names
\family default
- is specified, toggling
+ is specified,
+ toggling
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in the citation dialog or the citation context menu will switch between
- full and abbreviated list
+ in the citation dialog or the citation context menu will switch between full and abbreviated list
\change_unchanged
.
\change_inserted -712698321 1555660793
- Note that the author and year specified in the dialog are only used for
- the citation references.
- In the bibliography entry, author and year must be added manually.
+ Note that the author and year specified in the dialog are only used for the citation references.
+ In the bibliography entry,
+ author and year must be added manually.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest
- label via the menu
+To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest label via the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_layout Subsection
Bibliography databases
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Databases
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Databases
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same references in different
- documents.
+Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same references in different documents.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
- them.
- Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
- and reviews along with bibliographical information.
+They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning them.
+ Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations and reviews along with bibliographical information.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
- entries.
- You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
- your working field in a database.
- This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
- the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
- list for that document.
- This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
- you have cited.
+ It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography entries.
+ You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of your working field in a database.
+ This database can be used for different documents,
+ and by default only the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for that document.
+ This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books you have cited.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, containing the bibliography in a special format.
+,
+ containing the bibliography in a special format.
The format is explained in
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
\end_inset
).
- The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
- special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
+ The file can be created using any text editor,
+ but normally one uses a special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
A list of such programs is maintained on the \SpecialChar LyX
Wiki at
\begin_inset Flex URL
\SpecialChar LyX
supports two different approaches to use bibliography databases in a document.
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- is the classic technique that has been the only way to use such databases
- for a long time.
- It is quite established and mature and there is a huge range of existing
- styles available.
- But it has its drawbacks, especially when it comes to more complex bibliographi
-c needs and support for specific languages and scripts.
+ is the classic technique that has been the only way to use such databases for a long time.
+ It is quite established and mature and there is a huge range of existing styles available.
+ But it has its drawbacks,
+ especially when it comes to more complex bibliographic needs and support for specific languages and scripts.
Those are addressed by
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! biblatex
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+biblatex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
It reads the same database format than Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- (although it has been significantly
- extended beyond Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ (although it has been significantly extended beyond Bib\SpecialChar TeX
's scope)
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Meaning: While
+Meaning:
+ While
\noun on
Biblatex
\noun default
can handle any classic Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- database, Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- might conversely fail to correctly
- handle databases that use specific
+ database,
+ Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ might conversely fail to correctly handle databases that use specific
\noun on
Biblatex
\noun default
\end_inset
-, but it uses a different framework to generate citations and references
- from it.
+,
+ but it uses a different framework to generate citations and references from it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
- should be used, set in the document settings (menu
+ should be used,
+ set in the document settings (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
)
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To access a database via Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-, use the menu
+,
+ use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
Bibliography
\family default
.
- A window will appear in which you can add one or more databases and select
- a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ A window will appear in which you can add one or more databases and select a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
\family sans
style
\family sans
Content
\family default
- drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
- in the document or just the cited references.
+ drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database in the document or just the cited references.
\change_inserted -712698321 1530969762
The
\family sans
Encoding
\family default
- drop box lets you specify the encoding of the database(s), should this
- differ from the encoding of the document.
+ drop box lets you specify the encoding of the database(s),
+ should this differ from the encoding of the document.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
Your \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
- provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
- layout.
- It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
- for experts.
+ distribution should provide several of these,
+ and many publishers provide their own style files,
+ so that you don't have to take care of the layout.
+ It is of course possible to write your own style file,
+ but this is something for experts.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For information on how this is done, have a look at
+For information on how this is done,
+ have a look at
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family sans
alphadin.bst
\family default
-, which provides an alpha-numeric style in accordance with the German Standards
- Institute (DIN).
+,
+ which provides an alpha-numeric style in accordance with the German Standards Institute (DIN).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Biblatex
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Biblatex
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Biblatex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! biblatex
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+biblatex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
biblatex
\series default
is almost identical to Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-:
+:
+
\change_deleted 630872221 1621599883
U
\change_inserted 630872221 1621599883
.
\change_inserted -712698321 1531045867
- As for the styles, note the following.
+ As for the styles,
+ note the following.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
- has two different style files: a bibliography style file (text file with
- the file extension
+ has two different style files:
+ a bibliography style file (text file with the file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) controls how the bibliography entries will look like and a citation style
- file (text file with the file extension
+) controls how the bibliography entries will look like and a citation style file (text file with the file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
) controls the look of the citation references in the text.
- Usually such style files come in pairs and it makes sense to use matching
- styles.
- It is nevertheless possible to mix any citation style with any bibliography
- style.
+ Usually such style files come in pairs and it makes sense to use matching styles.
+ It is nevertheless possible to mix any citation style with any bibliography style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Bibliography
\family default
- dialog, but in the document settings.
+ dialog,
+ but in the document settings.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
- However, in the dialog in the
+ However,
+ in the dialog in the
\family sans
Options
\family default
- field, which is only visible if you use
+ field,
+ which is only visible if you use
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
-, you can enter options that determine how the bibliography is printed (for
- example how its heading will appear).
+,
+ you can enter options that determine how the bibliography is printed (for example how its heading will appear).
These options are described in detail in the
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
- manual,
+ manual,
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Biblatex"
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To generate the bibliography from a database, \SpecialChar LyX
+To generate the bibliography from a database,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
uses a bibliography processor,
- that is an external program that reads the database, sorts the citations
- and processes the data in a way it can be included in the document.
+ that is an external program that reads the database,
+ sorts the citations and processes the data in a way it can be included in the document.
The classic program is called Bib\SpecialChar TeX
.
- It has the advantage that it is very mature and widespread, but the disadvantag
-e that it has severe limitations, due to its age.
+ It has the advantage that it is very mature and widespread,
+ but the disadvantage that it has severe limitations,
+ due to its age.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Meanwhile, some alternatives have been developed that address some of these
- limitations.
+Meanwhile,
+ some alternatives have been developed that address some of these limitations.
LyX natively supports some of them and lets you select a custom processor.
You can do this on a general level in
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-biber a specific, modern processor
+biber a specific,
+ modern processor
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! biber
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+biber
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
biber
\series default
- provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory and many specific features
-
+ provides full Unicode support,
+ unlimited memory and many specific features
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
- makes use of; if you use the
+ makes use of;
+ if you use the
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
- approach, it is strongly recommended to use
+ approach,
+ it is strongly recommended to use
\series bold
biber
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
- that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
- with all bibliography packages, although it will probably fail with
+bibtex the standard;
+ does not allow special characters in bibliography entries that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding,
+ limited memory,
+ works with all bibliography packages,
+ although it will probably fail with
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding
- (but no Unicode support), larger memory than
+bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding (but no Unicode support),
+ larger memory than
\family sans
bibtex
\family default
-, works with all bibliography packages, although more complex
+,
+ works with all bibliography packages,
+ although more complex
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
- bibliographies will exceed its limits, and not all
+ bibliographies will exceed its limits,
+ and not all
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
LaTeX
\family default
-), \SpecialChar LyX
- selects an appropriate (available) processor for the current bibliography
- approach (
+),
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ selects an appropriate (available) processor for the current bibliography approach (
\series bold
biber
\series default
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
bibtex
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In Japanese documents, a specific processor is used.
+In Japanese documents,
+ a specific processor is used.
By default this is pBib\SpecialChar TeX
(in \SpecialChar LyX
\family sans
pbibtex
\family default
-), a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+),
+ a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
variant specifically aimed at Japanese.
You can adjust it in
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Selected bibliography processors can be controlled with options that you
- can add below the selection.
- Before adding options, it is strongly recommended that you read the manual
- of Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+Selected bibliography processors can be controlled with options that you can add below the selection.
+ Before adding options,
+ it is strongly recommended that you read the manual of Bib\SpecialChar TeX
or
\series bold
biber
\series default
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "BibTeX,biber"
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- supports some specific tasks such as sectioned bibliographies and multiple
- bibliographies.
+ supports some specific tasks such as sectioned bibliographies and multiple bibliographies.
These are explained in detail in section
\emph on
Customizing Bibliographies
\begin_layout Subsection
Citation Format
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Citation format
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Citation format
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Many different citation formats are common, e.
+Many different citation formats are common,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- like in this document), alpha-numerical citations (as
+ like in this document),
+ alpha-numerical citations (as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
).
\SpecialChar LyX
- supports these formats via specific citation packages and their style
- files.
+ supports these formats via specific citation packages and their style files.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
- you have a range of other options, depending on your preferred bibliography
- approach.
+ you have a range of other options,
+ depending on your preferred bibliography approach.
With the
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
- environment your only choice besides manual formatting of the bibliography
- labels, is there to use
+ environment your only choice besides manual formatting of the bibliography labels,
+ is there to use
\family sans
Natbib
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_inset
(BibTeX) the default Bib\SpecialChar TeX
--based approached without any additional packages
- (simple numeric citations).
+-based approached without any additional packages (simple numeric citations).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! biblatex
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+biblatex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
biblatex
\series default
with the natbib compatibility mode.
- This is a specific variant for users who switch an existing document that
- uses
+ This is a specific variant for users who switch an existing document that uses
\series bold
natbib
\series default
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! jurabib
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+jurabib
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! natbib
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+natbib
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Natbib
\family default
- style formats provide the choice between author-year and author-numerical
- citation styles.
+ style formats provide the choice between author-year and author-numerical citation styles.
You have to select one style in the dropdown box
\family sans
Variant
\family sans
Biblatex
\family default
- formats, this only affects the appearance in the \SpecialChar LyX
+ formats,
+ this only affects the appearance in the \SpecialChar LyX
workarea.
- Whether the output uses numerical, author-year or another format such as
- alpha-numerical depends only on the selected
+ Whether the output uses numerical,
+ author-year or another format such as alpha-numerical depends only on the selected
\family sans
Biblatex citation style
\family default
.
- However, when switching between Author-year and Author-number, a suitable
- style is proposed.
+ However,
+ when switching between Author-year and Author-number,
+ a suitable style is proposed.
With
\family sans
Natbib
\family default
-, on the other hand, the dialog selection will ultimately determine the
- style.
+,
+ on the other hand,
+ the dialog selection will ultimately determine the style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For any author-year and author-numerical selection, multiple style variants
- are available in the
+For any author-year and author-numerical selection,
+ multiple style variants are available in the
\family sans
Citation
\family default
dialog.
- Some selections also provide further options like the option to uppercase
- a name prefix such as
+ Some selections also provide further options like the option to uppercase a name prefix such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the citation dialog you can also set text to appear after a citation
- reference, e.
+In the citation dialog you can also set text to appear after a citation reference,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-page numbers, which will then be formatted according to the style's needs
- (e.
+page numbers,
+ which will then be formatted according to the style's needs (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\family sans
Basic (BibTeX)
\family default
- also provide the feature to add text that precedes the reference (such
- as
+ also provide the feature to add text that precedes the reference (such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
).
- This text is then also included in the parentheses, if the style requires
- this.
+ This text is then also included in the parentheses,
+ if the style requires this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Note that these pre- and postnotes apply to the whole citation.
- So if you refer to multiple references at once, the prenote will precede
- the first citation in the list, the postnote will follow the last.
+ So if you refer to multiple references at once,
+ the prenote will precede the first citation in the list,
+ the postnote will follow the last.
Some
\family sans
Biblatex
\family default
- styles allow to add pre- and postnotes to any individual reference in a
- multi-citation (so-called
+ styles allow to add pre- and postnotes to any individual reference in a multi-citation (so-called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
).
\SpecialChar LyX
supports this.
- If you use such a style and if the current reference includes multiple
- items the
+ If you use such a style and if the current reference includes multiple items the
\family sans
Citation
\family default
\family sans
Selected Citations
\family default
-:
+:
+
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
before
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Cite
\begin_inset space ~
after
\family default
- field, you can add such individual pre- and postnotes.
+ field,
+ you can add such individual pre- and postnotes.
In the
\family sans
General text before
\end_inset
- for BibTeX and BibLaTeX,
+ for BibTeX and BibLaTeX,
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\end_inset
- for BibLaTeX (covering arXiv, JSTOR, PubMed, HDL, Google Books
+ for BibLaTeX (covering arXiv,
+ JSTOR,
+ PubMed,
+ HDL,
+ Google Books
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\end_inset
-), the action will launch a web browser with the appropriate link.
+),
+ the action will launch a web browser with the appropriate link.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_inset
- (filled by KBibTeX) containing an URL that points to a file on your local
- drive, the action will launch an appropriate file viewer.
+ (filled by KBibTeX) containing an URL that points to a file on your local drive,
+ the action will launch an appropriate file viewer.
At the moment only absolute paths are accepted.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1598526494
-In addition to that, \SpecialChar LyX
- also searches your disk for matching files if you
- enable
+In addition to that,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ also searches
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676821714
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676822207
+By default we provide python script
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676822064
+lyxpaperview.py
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for the search,
+ but you can use any modified script by setting
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676822135
+
+\backslash
+citation_search_view
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ variable in
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676971997
+your RC
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676971998
+the
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676822207
+ file
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676972080
+
+\family typewriter
+preferences
+\family default
+ in your local configuration directory (please refer to the respective section at
+\family sans
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Customization
+\family default
+)
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676822207
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676972139
+ The default setting is to be found in the file
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc.defaults
+\family default
+ in the same directory and can be copied and modified for this purpose.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598526494
+ your disk for matching files if you enable
\family sans
Search drive for cited files
\family default
\family sans
Pattern
\family default
- in the same preferences section (by default: year and authors).
+ in the same preferences section (by default:
+ year and authors
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676968851
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676969379
+Provided by token
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676972365
+ sequence
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676972365
+s
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676969379
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676968931
+%year% %abbrvciteauthor%
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Note that some
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676972344
+strings
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676972349
+constituents
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676969379
+ (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+and
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+et al.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676972338
+,
+ commas)
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676969379
+ are automatically stripped from the result.
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676972332
+)
+\change_inserted 5863208 1676969379
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598526494
+).
Any of the tokens in the pattern must occur in the
\change_deleted 630872221 1621608311
title
of the file (at arbitrary position).
\SpecialChar LyX
opens the first matching file it finds.
- This might or might not be the file you are looking for; the more systematic
- your file naming is, and the less ambiguous keywords you use, the greater
- the chance this works for you.
+ This might or might not be the file you are looking for;
+ the more systematic your file naming is,
+ and the less ambiguous keywords you use,
+ the greater the chance this works for you.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, but there are also special keys, which are documented in the
+,
+ but there are also special keys,
+ which are documented in the
\emph on
Customization manual
\emph default
-, sec.
+,
+ sec.
\emph on
Cite format description
\begin_layout Section
Index
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
arg "index-insert"
\end_inset
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667668430
+ (but see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Convenience-Functions-Index"
+nolink "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for some advanced methods)
+\change_unchanged
+.
+ A
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903
+ collapsible inset
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667110543
+box
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903
+with green label
+\change_unchanged
+is inserted
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903
+;
+ this
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667110903
+contain
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903
+holds
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667110872
+ing
+\change_unchanged
+ the text that appears in the index
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903
+ (if you read this in \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ see the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Index generation
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ index inset in the heading above for example)
+\change_unchanged
+.
+ The word where the cursor is in
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903
+,
+
+\change_unchanged
+ or the currently highlighted text
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903
+,
+
+\change_unchanged
+ is proposed by \SpecialChar LyX
+ as
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667110629
+the
+\change_unchanged
+index entry
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903
+ (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+e.,
+ copied into the inset)
+\change_unchanged
.
- A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
- The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
- by \SpecialChar LyX
- as the index entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
+The index list
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667110737
+(which prints out the index in your document)
+\change_unchanged
+is inserted
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667110760
+in the document with
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667110759
+via
+\change_unchanged
+ the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
- The index list box is not clickable like other \SpecialChar LyX
--boxes.
+ will show the place where the index
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667110783
+is
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667110784
+will be
+\change_unchanged
+ printed
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667110788
+ in the output
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667111027
+By default,
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667111030
+T
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667111030
+t
+\change_unchanged
+he index list box is not clickable like other \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667111053
+-boxes
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667111233
+ insets,
+ as there are no settings to make.
+ This changes if you select
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Use multiple indexes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Multiple-Indexes"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ In this case,
+ the box turns gray and can be clicked (as there are now settings that can be made).
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667111066
+.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667193296
+By default,
+ an index entry is simply a word or phrase in the (alphabetically ordered) index list with a reference to the page or pages where the index entry has been inserted in the document.
+ However,
+ you can customize index entries to look different.
+ You can group index entries hierarchically,
+ let the index list refer to a range of pages rather than a single page,
+ let it refer to another entry in the index list rather than,
+ or additionally to,
+ a page,
+ you can format the page reference (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+ make it bold for specific pages),
+ and you can determine the order of an entry in the list.
+ These features are available in \SpecialChar LyX
+ either as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+subinsets
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Index Properties
+\family default
+ that appears if the cursor is in an index entry or via the index settings dialog which can be opened via right mouse click on the index inset.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
+We
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667112045
+give a short overview of
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667112047
+describe
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667112014
+these features in turn
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667112017
+the index commands
+\change_unchanged
+in the next subsections.
For a detailed description of \SpecialChar LaTeX
-'s index mechanism, have a look at one of
- the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s index mechanism,
+ have a look at one of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
books
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667115499
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Grouping-Index-Entries"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
Grouping Index Entries
\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+range none
+pageformat default
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Grouping
+Index
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Grouping
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Index entries are often
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667112078
+hierarchically
+\change_unchanged
+grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the index
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667112212
+ and to hold categories together (e.g.,
+
+\emph on
+Fruits
+\family sans
+\emph default
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\family default
+\emph on
+Apples
+\family sans
+\emph default
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\family default
+\emph on
+Pink Lady
+\emph default
+)
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667194528
+This can be done in \SpecialChar LyX
+ via
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Index Properties\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Subentry
+\family default
+ or,
+ more easily,
+ by pressing the
+\family sans
+Enter
+\family default
+ key in an index.
+ Both methods insert a subinset in which you can enter the subentry.
+ Maximally two such subentry insets,
+ i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+e.,
+ three levels of grouping in total,
+ are allowed per index entry.
+ Note that it does not matter where you insert these subentry insets in the index inset,
+ but the order of them matters and determines the grouping hierarchy.
+ In the \SpecialChar LyX
+ file,
+ the index entry in the header above shows an example for a two-level grouped entry (and you can see the result in the index of this document at the entry
+\emph on
+Index
+\family sans
+\emph default
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+\family default
+\emph on
+Grouping
+\emph default
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
- index.
- We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
- lists under the entry
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667195700
+In the output,
+ each subentry is on a new line and indented a bit more.
+ Note that the higher levels only get their own page references if they have also a separate entry (without subentry)
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667112419
+We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated lists under the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Lists"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Itemize"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-, we insert the command
+,
+ we insert the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667112419
+
\series bold
-Lists ! Itemize
+Lists
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667112419
and the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667112419
+
\series bold
-Lists ! Enumerate
+Lists
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667112419
for the enumerated list in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Enumerate"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
+
+\change_unchanged
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The exclamation mark
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667195765
+Note also that in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ subentries are indicated by a preceding
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667112752
+The
+\change_unchanged
+exclamation mark
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667112757
+ character
+\change_unchanged
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- marks the grouping levels.
- You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667112802
+.
+ This also works in \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ although you have to take care that the character is not
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667122587
+formatted.
+ For this reason,
+ a real exclamation mark has to be inserted to an index entry in a specific way.
+ See section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Index-Special-Characters"
+nolink "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for details.
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667112764
+marks the grouping levels.
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667112659
+You can have three levels;
+ every index level is indented a bit more.
An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
If we don't have an index entry for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
+,
+ it will be printed anyway,
+ but without a page number.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Page Ranges
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Page ranges
+Index
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Page ranges
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667112869
+By default,
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667112870
+Normally
+\change_unchanged
+ an index entry
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667113289
+refers to single pages where the index entries have been inserted
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667113293
+will appear with the page number of the indexed section
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667113300
+But sometimes
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667113300
+If
+\change_unchanged
+ you want to
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667113313
+index more pages under the same entry
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667114974
+refer to a page range instead,
+ you can do this by inserting two index entries:
+ one that marks the beginning of the range,
+ the other that marks its end
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667195873
+Both need to contain the same index entry (and possibly subentries) text.
+ To mark start and end,
+ select the respective
+\family sans
+Page Range
+\family default
+ option in the index inset settings dialog.
+ Range starts and ends are indicated in the index inset label via
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+(
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667126475
+Note that you have to take care that range markers are complete.
+ If a range start without a respective end (or vice versa) is found,
+ the index processor might terminate and not produce an index without informing you about the reason.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
- section.
- But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
- For example, if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create
- an index entry in section
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667115220
+For example,
+ if we want to index the paragraph environments,
+ we create an index entry in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667115220
+
\series bold
Paragraph environments|(
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667115220
and another entry at the end of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LyX-Code"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667115220
+
\series bold
Paragraph environments|)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667115220
The commands
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
respectively start and end the index range.
You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
- They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
- the pages of the indexed document parts.
+ They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of the pages of the indexed document parts.
An example is the index entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Document ! Settings
+Document !
+ Settings
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Cross referencing
+Cross Referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Cross referencing
+Index
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Cross referencing
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is also possible to refer to another index entry
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667115277
+ rather than,
+ or in addition to,
+ a page
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667116351
+This might be useful if you anticipate that your readers might look for an entry at different places,
+ e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+
+\emph on
+Graphics
+\emph default
+ or
+\emph on
+Images
+\emph default
+ (which could be resolved by a cross reference
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Images,
+
+\emph on
+see
+\emph default
+ Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) or also if you use hierarchical grouping (section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Grouping-Index-Entries"
+nolink "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+),
+ as in
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Apples,
+
+\emph on
+see
+\emph default
+ Fruits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667115626
+This is possible in \SpecialChar LyX
+ via
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Index Properties\SpecialChar menuseparator
+See
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667116218
+If you want a cross-reference and page references,
+ you can use
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Index Properties\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Seealso
+\family default
+.
+ This outputs
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+see also
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ instead and makes more sense if you also add entries that are referred to by page number as in
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Apples,
+ 3,
+ 12,
+ 22,
+
+\emph on
+see also
+\emph default
+ Fruits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
- We referred for example in the index entry
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667115542
+We referred for example in the index entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Image-Formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667115542
+
\series bold
GIF|see{Image formats}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667115542
where the braces have to be inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
Code.
The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667121174
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Index-Entry-Order"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
Index Entry Order
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Entry order
+Index
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Entry order
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667116657
+Sometimes the automatic ordering of index entries is not the one you want.
+ This might be the case with some index processors (such as
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+) i
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667116658
+I
+\change_unchanged
+f you use accented characters in the index entry
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667116670
+ the entries might not follow the rules for the index order
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667116709
+ or if you use macros
+\change_unchanged
+.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127198
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
- follow the rules for the index order.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667116836
The index entries are sorted alphabetically but \SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
- section
+The index generating is done in the background by an extra program,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Index-Program"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, and
+,
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maïs
+Dummy entries
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+maïs
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maître
+Dummy entries
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+maître
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
+Dummy entries !
+ maïs@maison
\end_layout
\end_inset
- They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
- maïs, maison, maître.
- To achieve this, we use the command
+ They will be sorted in the order maïs,
+ maître,
+ maison but we want the order maïs,
+ maison,
+ maître.
+ To achieve this,
+ we use the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667116827
+
\series bold
previous entry@current entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667116827
In our case we want to have
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667116827
+
\series bold
maïs@maison
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667116827
The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
You can also use another word to tell \SpecialChar LaTeX
the entry order.
See the next subsection for an example.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667116836
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127344
+To accommodate for that,
+ you can use
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Index Properties\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Sortkey
+\family default
+.
+ The sortkey you enter here is not output in the index,
+ it is just used for sorting (instead of the actual entry).
+ For instance,
+ you can pass the sort key
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+zizek
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to sort the name
+\emph on
+Žižek
+\emph default
+ should your index processor be incapable to sort Slovenian postmodern philosophers correctly.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127399
+Note that in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ sortkeys are separated from the actual entry by the character
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+@
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This also works in \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ although you have to take care that the character is not formatted.
+ For this reason,
+ a real @ character has to be inserted to an index entry in a specific way.
+ See section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Index-Special-Characters"
+nolink "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for details.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Entry Layout
+Index Entry
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667127427
+Layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127428
+Formatting
+\change_unchanged
+
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Entry layout
+Index
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Entry formatting
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667127459
+You can change t
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127459
+T
+\change_unchanged
+he appearance of index entries
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127470
+can be formatted as usual
+\change_unchanged
+via the text style dialog
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127566
+,
+ the toolbar or shortcuts.
+ Entries will appear in the index list in the way they are formatted in the index entry
+\change_unchanged
+.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries !
+
\shape italic
This is an italic dummy entry
\end_layout
\end_inset
- You can also format the page number using the character
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127631
+Note that this also means that two differently formatted otherwise identical entries,
+ e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+
+\emph on
+Bananas
+\emph default
+ and
+\series bold
+Bananas
+\series default
+,
+ will be listed separately.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667127514
+You can also
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127638
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127611
+To
+\change_unchanged
+ format
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667127514
+the
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127611
+a
+\change_unchanged
+ page
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127611
+reference,
+ use the
+\family sans
+Format
+\family default
+ option in the index entry settings dialog.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667127514
+number using the character
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+|
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ followed by a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-command without a backslash.
+ We can write for example
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667196148
+ You can either select one of the proposed formatting options (
+\family sans
+Bold
+\family default
+,
+
+\family sans
+Italic
+\family default
+,
+
+\family sans
+Emphasized
+\family default
+) or
+\family sans
+Custom.
+
+\family default
+ With the latter,
+ you are supposed to enter a valid \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ macro
+\emph on
+without
+\emph default
+ leading backslash,
+ e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+ a self-defined command
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667118710
+myformat
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or an existing macro such as
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127771
+textsf
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667118734
+
+\series bold
+italic page number:|textit
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667118734
+to get the page number in italic.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries !
+ italic page number:|textit
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Normally all \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands begin with a backslash,
+ but in this special case
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+|command
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ means
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+command{page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+number}
+\series default
+.
+ Have a look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
+nolink "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ to learn more about the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-syntax.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667118832
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+
+\series default
+ Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+to generate the index,
+ see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Index-Program"
+nolink "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If you use
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+,
+ this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
+ This is because
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+ requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used,
+ see
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+after "p. 678 ff."
+key "latexcompanion"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for details.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In general,
+ we encourage you to
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667118871
+not format page numbers directly as shown above
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667118875
+use self-defined commands
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127835
+This makes it easier to change the formatting,
+ should you or your publisher decide to do that later.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667118961
+Instead,
+ you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
+ Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667118968
+For instance,
+ add
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667118970
+
+\change_unchanged
+a
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119029
+formatting macro for index entries that refer to the page(s) where the indexed term is defined
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667119044
+definition of the indexed term,
+ so that users can easily find definitions.
+ If so,
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119044
+by
+\change_unchanged
+ put
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119047
+ting
+\change_unchanged
+ the following in the preamble
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newcommand
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119052
+*
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667127880
+{
+\change_unchanged
+
+\backslash
+IndexDef
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667127881
+}
+\change_unchanged
+[1]{
+\backslash
+textit{#1}}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+and
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667119063
+write
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127914
+add the custom formatting
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127914
+IndexDef
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ to the respective entry settings dialog.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667119123
+
+\series bold
+my entry|IndexDef
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667119123
+in the index entry.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries !
+ my entry|IndexDef
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The advantage is that,
+ i
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667127963
+This will cause all page references that use this custom format to be printed in italics.
+ I
+\change_unchanged
+f you change your mind later or if your publisher insists that definitions must not be italic but bold,
+ you just need to change the macro in the preamble,
+ not every single index entry.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667118842
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667118842
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119415
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+
+\series default
+ If you use the index processor
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+ rather than
+\family sans
+makeindex or xindex
+\family default
+ (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Index-Program"
+nolink "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+),
+ such custom macros do not work out of the box.
+ This is because
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+ requires you to define semantic elements in the xindy
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+module
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (style file) you use before they can be used.
+ In the given case,
+ this would require to add the following line in the module file:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Verbatim
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119381
+
+(markup-locref :open "
+\backslash
+IndexDef{" :close "}" :attr "IndexDef")
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119392
+Please refer to
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+after "p. 678 ff."
+key "latexcompanion"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for details.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also change the layout
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667128294
+for
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667128294
+of
+\change_unchanged
+ the whole index.
+ For example,
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667128049
+we
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667128050
+if you
+\change_unchanged
+ mark
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667128052
+ed
+\change_unchanged
+ the index list box
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667128093
+of this document
+\change_unchanged
+ as bold
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667128098
+,
+ you will
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667128100
+ to
+\change_unchanged
+get a bold font for all index entries.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667128129
+In general,
+ however,
+ it is better (and required for
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667128131
+For
+\change_unchanged
+more advanced tasks
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667128135
+)
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667128139
+you have
+\change_unchanged
+to set up a so-called
+\emph on
+Index Style File
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667128153
+
+\emph default
+ (
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+),
+
+\emph on
+module
+\emph default
+ (
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+) or
+\emph on
+config file
+\emph default
+ (
+\family sans
+xindex
+\family default
+) to determine the formatting;
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667119655
+,
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667119672
+see
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119674
+please refer to
+\change_unchanged
+ the
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119661
+,
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\family default
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667119662
+or
+\change_unchanged
+
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119665
+or
+\family sans
+xindex
+\family default
+
+\change_unchanged
+documentation
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119667
+s
+\change_unchanged
+ for details,
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119778
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "makeindex,xindex,xindy"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667119778
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "makeindex,xindy"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667128459
+ There are also some \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages available that ease such formatting,
+ see
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667128460
+
+https://ctan.org/topic/index
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119819
+Special Characters in Index Entries
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Index-Special-Characters"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667128522
+As already mentioned above,
+ some characters have a special meaning in index entries,
+ namely:
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120139
+!
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120150
+@
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120158
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ and
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120173
+|
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If you use them literally,
+ you might get surprising results or even a non-working index.
+ In any case,
+ you will not get the character itself.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120574
+In order to use these characters in inset entries,
+ they have to be
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+escaped
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ that is prepended by a character that tells the index processor to treat this character without its special meaning.
+ By default,
+ the escape character is
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120286
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (but this can be changed).
+ So enter
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120326
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
+
+!
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120329
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
+
+@
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120332
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes qrd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ or
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120335
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
+
+|
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-|
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+ to get the special character you want.
+ Note that the escape character,
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
- followed by a \SpecialChar LaTeX
--command without a backslash.
- We can write for example
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120426
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-italic page number:|textit
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-to get the page number in italic.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
+\change_unchanged
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Normally all \SpecialChar LaTeX
--commands begin with a backslash, but in this special case
+,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\emph on
+must
+\emph default
+ be inserted in a TeX code box (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\series bold
-|command
-\series default
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes"
+nolink "false"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- means
-\series bold
+).
+\change_unchanged
-\backslash
-command{page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667669398
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Convenience-Functions-Index"
-number}
-\series default
-.
- Have a look at section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Convenience Functions for Index Handling
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667669552
+Indexing a document can be a tedious task,
+ since you often have to insert the same index entry multiple times in order to refer to passages at different pages.
+ This is not only time-consuming,
+ but also error-prone;
+ e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- to learn more about the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--syntax.
+g.,
+ you have to remember how exactly an inset entry has been inserted to avoid redundant entries.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ provides some functions to ease the task.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667669398
+First,
+ if you want to add an entry which you already used before,
+ you can open the outliner via
\family sans
-makeindex
+View\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Outline Pane
\family default
-to generate the index, see section
+ (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Index-Program"
+reference "subsec:The-Outliner"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-.
- If you use
+),
+ select the
\family sans
-xindy
+Index Entries
\family default
-, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
- This is because
+ section (it is convenient to have this open while indexing anyway),
+ scroll to the entry in question (if you check
\family sans
-xindy
+Sort
\family default
- requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-after "p. 678 ff."
-key "latexcompanion"
-literal "true"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for details.
+,
+ it will be more easier),
+ then
+\emph on
+right
+\emph default
+-click on the entry and select
+\family sans
+Insert Copy at Cursor Position
+\family default
+ from the context menu.
+ This will do just what it says:
+ it will insert a copy of that index inset at the position where the cursor is.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667669772
+Second,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ also provides a semi-automated solution to index a word.
+ If you right-click on an index entry inset,
+ you can select from the context menu
+\family sans
+Index All Occurrences of this Word
+\family default
+.
+ This will search the whole document (only single documents,
+ not master and child documents) and insert a copy of this index inset after each occurrence of the word that precedes the inset.
+ Note that casing of the word does not matter,
+ but only full words in the same grammatical form are considered (so if
+\emph on
+table
+\emph default
+ is the word before the index entry,
+
+\emph on
+Table
+\emph default
+ will be considered as well,
+ but not
+\emph on
+tables
+\emph default
+).
+ Please take care to not overuse this function and to carefully check the result afterwards.
+ Remember,
+ a good index does not simply list all occurrences of a given word in a specific document (that is a concordance rather),
+ but only relevant occurrences!
+ So as convenient as this function might seem,
+ it is suitable especially for particular cases.
+ With others,
+ you will have more work with removing again falsely inserted entries than you would have with manually inserting them at the right place.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
- above.
- Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
- Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
- the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
- If so, put the following in the preamble
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667120869
+Program
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120870
+Processor
+\change_unchanged
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
+status collapsed
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Index
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-IndexDef}[1]{
-\backslash
-textit{#1}}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Processor
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-and write
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-my entry|IndexDef
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-in the index entry.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Index-Program"
\end_inset
- The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
- insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
- change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also change the layout for the whole index.
- For example, we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get
- a bold font for all index entries.
- For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
-\emph on
-Index Style File
-\emph default
-, see the
+If the index
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667120909
+generation program
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120910
+processor,
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\family sans
+xindy
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120657
+,
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\family default
+ is installed,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses it
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120769
+(the
+\family sans
+texindy
+\family default
+ variant of it,
+ for that matter)
+\change_unchanged
+for index generation;
+ otherwise the program
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
- or
+,
+ the program that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distribution,
+ is used.
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667120846
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667120841
+
+\family sans
+Makeindex
+\family default
+ is very old,
+ no longer under development and has many pitfalls,
+ notably that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
+ So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
+ We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
+ However,
+ if you are writing in another than the English language,
+ consider to use
\family sans
xindy
\family default
- documentation for details,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "makeindex,xindy"
-literal "true"
+.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120851
+As a further option,
+ you can select the rather new
+\family sans
+xindex
+\family default
+ index processor.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Program
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Program
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667121183
+\family sans
+Makeindex
+\family default
+ is very old,
+ no longer under development and has many pitfalls,
+ notably that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
+ So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly (we have shown above,
+ section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Index-Program"
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Index-Entry-Order"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-
+,
+ how to manually fix this sorting,
+ but this is very tedious work).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If the index generation program
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667121483
+The alternative program,
+
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+,
+ is a newer and much more mighty alternative.
+ It can sort most languages correctly,
+ and it is also much more customizable in the output.
+ However,
+ also
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+ is no longer actively maintained,
+ and it has bugs that are most likely not being addressed anytime soon.
+ Also,
+
\family sans
xindy
\family default
- is installed, \SpecialChar LyX
- uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
+ is not always available out of the box and quite a challenge to install on some systems (particularly Windows).
+ But if you have it available,
+ it is almost always a better option than
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
-, the program that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distribution, is used.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667128720
+The third option,
+
\family sans
-Makeindex
+xindex
\family default
- is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
- that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
- So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
- We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
- However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
- to use
+,
+ is a quite new and actively developed index processor.
+ It is included in modern \SpecialChar TeX
+ distributions such as \SpecialChar TeX
+Live and Mik\SpecialChar TeX
+,
+ is pretty much customizable and supports many languages.
+ The program is still in development,
+ so not everything might work equally well than in the older processors.
+ But the program is definitely worth a try,
+ particularly if
\family sans
xindy
\family default
-.
+ does not work or not satisfy your needs.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in \SpecialChar LyX
-'s preferences
- dialog, see section
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667120703
+Both
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120703
+All
+\change_unchanged
+ pro
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667128738
+grams
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667128739
+cessors
+\change_unchanged
+ can be controlled by options that can be set in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s preferences dialog,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
The available options are listed and explained in
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667128757
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "makeindex-man,xindex,xindy"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667128757
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "makeindex-man,xindy"
\end_inset
+
+\change_unchanged
.
- In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
- the index.
+ In this dialog,
+ you can
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667120810
+also
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120810
+even
+\change_unchanged
+ specify
+\change_deleted -712698321 1667120813
+an
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120828
+arbitrary
+\change_unchanged
+alternative program
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667120828
+s
+\change_unchanged
+ to generate the index.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
- given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar breakableslash
+If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a given document,
+ you can define the program and\SpecialChar breakableslash
or the options in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Indexes
\family default
.
- This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
- to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
+ This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667111129
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Multiple-Indexes"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
Multiple Indexes
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
- For instance, you might need to set up a separate
+ For instance,
+ you might need to set up a separate
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
next to the standard index.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
- that add this feature.
+ does not provide this possibility out of the box,
+ but there are packages that add this feature.
\SpecialChar LyX
uses the
\series bold
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! splitidx
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+splitidx
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-If yours does not ship it, consult the \SpecialChar TeX
- catalogue,
+If yours does not ship it,
+ consult the \SpecialChar TeX
+ catalogue,
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
.
Note that the package does not only consist of a \SpecialChar LaTeX
- style, but it also includes
- specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
+ style,
+ but it also includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
Please consult the package's manual for details.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To set up \SpecialChar LyX
- for the use of multiple indexes, go to
+ for the use of multiple indexes,
+ go to
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
\end_inset
.
- To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
- also appear as a heading) to the
+ To add further indexes,
+ add the name of the index (in the form that should also appear as a heading) to the
\family sans
New
\family default
\family default
button.
The new index now also appears in the list.
- If you like, you can attribute an alternative \SpecialChar LyX
+ If you like,
+ you can attribute an alternative \SpecialChar LyX
label color to the new index.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
- list in
+Once the document changes have been applied,
+ you can find the new index list in
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List/Contents/References
Insert
\family default
menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes.
- The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
- are additional features:
+ The workflow is basically the same as for the default index,
+ but there are additional features:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
- on the entry's label will open a dialog where you can do that.
+If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry,
+ right-clicking on the entry's label will open a dialog where you can do that.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
- Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a
+By right-clicking on an index,
+ you can change its type.
+ Furthermore,
+ you can specify an index to be a
\family sans
Subindex
\family default
.
- If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
- For example, if you use a book class, where the standard index heading
- is defined as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can
- thus be nested to the non-subindexes.
+ If you do that,
+ the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
+ For example,
+ if you use a book class,
+ where the standard index heading is defined as a chapter,
+ subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested to the non-subindexes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_layout Section
Nomenclature/Glossary
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Glossary|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+Glossary
+\begin_inset IndexMacro see
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
Nomenclature
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you need to provide a list of technical terms or symbols that
- are mentioned in your document with a brief explanation of them – a so
- called nomenclature or glossary.
+Sometimes you need to provide a list of technical terms or symbols that are mentioned in your document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or glossary.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To be able to create nomenclatures or glossaries, you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- package
-
+To be able to create nomenclatures or glossaries,
+ you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
\series bold
nomencl
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! nomencl
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+nomencl
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
installed.
You find it in the \SpecialChar TeX
- catalogue,
+ catalogue,
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
- and then use the menu
+A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry and then use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
To use \SpecialChar TeX
code for nomenclature entries the option
\begin_layout Subsection
Nomenclature Definition and Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Layout
+Nomenclature
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Layout
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
+If you have symbols in formulas,
+ you have to define them in the
\family sans
Symbol
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, insert this:
+,
+ insert this:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
character starts/ends the formula.
The \SpecialChar LaTeX
--command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning with
- a backslash
+-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning with a backslash
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
+ For capital Greek letters,
+ start the command also with a capital letter,
like
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
Style
\family default
- dialog to format the description text; you have to use \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ dialog to format the description text;
+ you have to use \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands.
For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\backslash
textbf
\series default
-, for
+,
+ for
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
\backslash
texttt
\series default
-, for
+,
+ for
\emph on
emphasized
\emph default
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-, @ and
+,
+ @ and
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
should appear in nomenclature entries containing \SpecialChar TeX
- code they need to be escaped
- by adding a
+ code they need to be escaped by adding a
\change_deleted -712698321 1610611122
quote
\change_inserted -712698321 1610611123
\begin_layout Subsection
Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Sort order
+Nomenclature
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Sort order
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--code of the symbol
- definition.
- This leads to undesired results when you, for example, have symbols in
- formulas.
+-code of the symbol definition.
+ This leads to undesired results when you,
+ for example,
+ have symbols in formulas.
Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
\emph on
a
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To control the sort order, you can edit the
+To control the sort order,
+ you can edit the
\family sans
Sort
\begin_inset space ~
as
\family default
field of the nomenclature dialog.
- Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
- definition.
- For the example given, you can insert
+ Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol definition.
+ For the example given,
+ you can insert
\family typewriter
sigma
\family default
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-, then
+,
+ then
\emph on
a
\emph default
\series bold
nomencl
\series default
- documentation,
+ documentation,
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "nomencl"
\begin_layout Subsection
Nomenclature Options
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Options
+Nomenclature
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Options
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
nomencl
\series default
package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
- Here are some of its options; for more have a look at its documentation:
+ Here are some of its options;
+ for more have a look at its documentation:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
-, see equation (
+,
+ see equation (
\emph on
eq
\emph default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to every nomenclature entry, where
+ to every nomenclature entry,
+ where
\family sans
\emph on
eq
\family sans
-, page (
+,
+ page (
\emph on
page
\emph default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to every nomenclature entry, where
+ to every nomenclature entry,
+ where
\family sans
\emph on
page
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
- class options list in the
+To use one or more of the options,
+ add them to the comma-separated document class options list in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
dialog.
In this document the options
\series bold
-refpage, intoc
+refpage,
+ intoc
\series default
are used.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
- entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
-
+You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
\family sans
Description
\family default
\end_inset
are automatically translated for most document languages.
- If not, add these lines in front of the nomenclature list as \SpecialChar TeX
+ If not,
+ add these lines in front of the nomenclature list as \SpecialChar TeX
code:
\end_layout
\size default
\backslash
-unskip, see equation
+unskip,
+ see equation
\backslash
nobreakspace(#1)}
\begin_inset Newline newline
\size default
\backslash
-unskip, page
+unskip,
+ page
\backslash
nobreakspace{}#1}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If the numbers should be hyperlinks, assure that you use
+If the numbers should be hyperlinks,
+ assure that you use
\family sans
Hyperref
\begin_inset space ~
\backslash
-unskip, see
+unskip,
+ see
\backslash
hyperlink{equation.#1}{equation
\backslash
\backslash
-unskip,
+unskip,
+
\backslash
hyperlink{page.#1}{page
\backslash
\begin_layout Subsection
Printing the Nomenclature
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Printing
+Nomenclature
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Printing
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To print the nomenclature, use the menu
+To print the nomenclature,
+ use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
\end_inset
will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
- By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
+ By right-clicking on it,
+ the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
You can choose between these settings:
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
- command
+ If you are not happy with the name,
+ you can change it by redefining the command
\series bold
\backslash
nomname
\series default
in the preamble.
- For example, in order to change the name to
+ For example,
+ in order to change the name to
\emph on
List of Symbols
\emph default
-, add the following line to the preamble:
+,
+ add the following line to the preamble:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you are using another document language than English, replace
+When you are using another document language than English,
+ replace
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\backslash
extras***
\series default
-, where *** is the name of the language used.
+,
+ where *** is the name of the language used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Nomenclature Program
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Program
+Nomenclature
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Program
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
-, that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
+,
+ that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distribution,
+ to generate the nomenclature.
\SpecialChar LyX
-'s preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
-
+'s preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
- by adding options, see section
+ by adding options,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Branches
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Branches
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Branches
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
- For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
- pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
- document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
+ For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the pupils to see the answers,
+ but having questions and answers in the same document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
For these cases \SpecialChar LyX
allows you to put text into branches.
The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
- To create a branch, either select the menu
+ To create a branch,
+ either select the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Branch\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Branches
\family default
-, where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
- state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
+,
+ where you can specify and change the name of the branch,
+ its activation state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
its background color inside \SpecialChar LyX
- and whether the name of the branch should
- be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
- (see below for an example).
- Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
- to the name of the other) and to add
+ and whether the name of the branch should be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active (see below for an example).
+ Furthermore,
+ the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch to the name of the other) and to add
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
-, without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
+branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents,
+ without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Branch
\family default
where you can choose a branch.
- You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
- on them.
+ You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking on them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
- is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
+Here is an example,
+ where only the question text appears,
+ the answer branch is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Question:
+
\series default
Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
\end_layout
\series bold
Answer:
+
\series default
Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
\end_layout
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Branches
\family default
-, the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
+,
+ the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
Consider for example a file
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is active, the PDF export file would be called
+ is active,
+ the PDF export file would be called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- branch were inactive,
+ branch were inactive,
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- branch was active, likewise
+ branch was active,
+ likewise
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- branch was active, and
+ branch was active,
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\change_inserted 5863208 1650147977
just some
\change_unchanged
- branch insets, whose content is output just in case the branch is
+ branch insets,
+ whose content is output just in case the branch is
\emph on
not
\emph default
Such insets
\change_unchanged
make it easy to add alternative text for different versions of a document.
- To control whether a particular inset is inverted, right-click on the inset
- button and choose
+ To control whether a particular inset is inverted,
+ right-click on the inset button and choose
\family sans
Invert
\begin_inset space ~
\series bold
No answer:
+
\series default
Because the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\begin_layout Standard
To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
- like inside equations, you can code special \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ like inside equations,
+ you can code special \SpecialChar LaTeX
definitions for each branch.
For example you can define for the question branch
\begin_inset Foot
\begin_layout Plain Layout
For an introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--syntax, see section
+-syntax,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
-
+Inside math,
+ the same effect can be achieved using math macros,
+ see the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout
- files (e.
+Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout files (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own \SpecialChar LaTeX
commands.).
- For this advanced usage, see the
+ For this advanced usage,
+ see the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
- manual, section
+ manual,
+ section
\emph on
Flex insets and InsetLayout
\emph default
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted 5863208 1650148601
-In case one extensively needs syncing activation branch status with open/close
- status of all branch insets in the document we provide
+In case one extensively needs syncing activation branch status with open/close status of all branch insets in the document we provide
\family typewriter
branch-sync-all
\family default
\SpecialChar LyX
- function, which can be bound to keyboard shortcut or added to user-defined
- context menu of branch inset.
+ function,
+ which can be bound to keyboard shortcut or added to user-defined context menu of branch inset.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! hyperref
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+hyperref
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Use Hyperref Support
\family default
- in order to set the PDF properties (if the package is already loaded by
- your document class or another package, the checkbox you need to click
- is labeled
+ in order to set the PDF properties (if the package is already loaded by your document class or another package,
+ the checkbox you need to click is labeled
\family sans
Customize Hyperref Options
\family default
instead).
- Among other things, hyperref
+ Among other things,
+ hyperref
\change_deleted -712698321 1644651887
which
\change_unchanged
output.
This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
\change_inserted -712698321 1644653878
-n URL, a
+n URL,
+ a
\change_unchanged
table of contents entry or on a reference to
\change_inserted -712698321 1644653918
move to the cross-referenced part of the document.
\change_inserted -712698321 1644653971
- Furthermore, you can set PDF metadata (such as document author and title),
+ Furthermore,
+ you can set PDF metadata (such as document author and title),
or determine how the PDF is being opened by the reader program.
\change_unchanged
General
\family default
is saved together with the PDF as file properties.
- Many programs are able to extract this information, for example,
+ Many programs are able to extract this information,
+ for example,
+
\change_deleted -712698321 1644656745
automatically
\change_unchanged
to recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
- This is very useful to sort, classify or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
+ This is very useful to sort,
+ classify or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
When the option
\family sans
Automatically
header
\family default
- is set,
+ is set,
+
\change_deleted -712698321 1644654039
\SpecialChar LyX
\change_inserted -712698321 1644654041
hyperref
\change_unchanged
- tries to extract the header information from your document title and author
- entries.
+ tries to extract the header information from your document title and author entries.
The option
\family sans
Load
mode
\family default
- will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
+ will open the PDF in fullscreen mode,
+ which is useful for presentations.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_unchanged
links
\change_inserted -712698321 1644654147
-, and you can specify
+,
+ and you can specify
\change_unchanged
\change_inserted -712698321 1644654275
\family sans
Backreferences
\family default
- are links inserted at the end of bibliographic entries pointing to either
- sections, pages or slides on which these entries are being cited
+ are links inserted at the end of bibliographic entries pointing to either sections,
+ pages or slides on which these entries are being cited
\change_unchanged
.
The
lines
\family default
- option allows long links to be split;
+ option allows long links to be split;
+
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
links
\family default
- both turn off the default behavior of enclosing all links in frames;
+ both turn off the default behavior of enclosing all links in frames;
+
\family sans
Color
\begin_inset space ~
ptions
\family default
.
- For example, in this document they were changed with the
+ For example,
+ in this document they were changed with the
\change_inserted -712698321 1644651709
se
\change_unchanged
\begin_layout Quote
\series bold
-linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue
+linkcolor=black,
+ citecolor=black,
+ urlcolor=blue,
+ filecolor=blue
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Backreferences
\family default
- is set, the hyperlinks will appear in the bibliography after the different
- entries, showing, depending on the option selected, the number of the section,
+ is set,
+ the hyperlinks will appear in the bibliography after the different entries,
+ showing,
+ depending on the option selected,
+ the number of the section,
slide or page where the entry is referenced.
\change_unchanged
\change_inserted -712698321 1644654511
(shown as a collapsible outline in the PDF reader)
\change_unchanged
-should be created for every section of your document to make it easier for
- readers to navigate through the document.
- You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
- or not.
+should be created for every section of your document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
+ You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections or not.
\change_deleted -712698321 1644654607
With
\change_inserted -712698321 1644654802
\family default
-you can instruct the PDF reader to uncollapse the outliner when opening
- the PDF.
+you can instruct the PDF reader to uncollapse the outliner when opening the PDF.
\change_unchanged
\change_inserted -712698321 1644654838
determines up to which level this uncollapsing is done.
\change_deleted -712698321 1644654687
-you can specify what sectioning level should be displayed in the bookmarks
- when opening the PDF.
+you can specify what sectioning level should be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
\change_unchanged
For example level
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
+2 will display all sections and subsections,
+ while level
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Additional Options
\family default
- dialog tab you can insert hyperref options which are not among the ones
- described above as a comma-separated list (please refer to the hyperref
- manual
+ dialog tab you can insert hyperref options which are not among the ones described above as a comma-separated list (please refer to the hyperref manual
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "hyperref"
\end_inset
-, not via the package options.
+,
+ not via the package options.
This will exclude some options that can only be specified via the latter.
- If you need to use one of those options, you can set them by adding
+ If you need to use one of those options,
+ you can set them by adding
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\family sans
Document Metadata
\family default
- input widget allows you to insert PDF properties that are independent of
- the hyperref package and rely on some (rather new) \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ input widget allows you to insert PDF properties that are independent of the hyperref package and rely on some (rather new) \SpecialChar LaTeX
core features.
This requires \SpecialChar LaTeX
- version 06/2022 at least (with earlier versions, input is
- simply ignored).
- The widget expects a comma-separated list of key-value options (such as
-
+ version 06/2022 at least (with earlier versions,
+ input is simply ignored).
+ The widget expects a comma-separated list of key-value options (such as
\series bold
-pdfversion=1.7, lang=de-DE
+pdfversion=1.7,
+ lang=de-DE
\series default
).
- At the point of writing this, the list of options is still rather small
- and not very well documented (look for a file called
+ At the point of writing this,
+ the list of options is still rather small and not very well documented (look for a file called
\emph on
documentmetadata-support.pdf
\emph default
-), but it is expected that in the future, rather fundamental PDF properties
- (such as structure tagging for accessibility reasons and different PDF
- standards such as PDF/A) can be set this way.
+),
+ but it is expected that in the future,
+ rather fundamental PDF properties (such as structure tagging for accessibility reasons and different PDF standards such as PDF/A) can be set this way.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_deleted -712698321 1644656978
PDF properties are also used in this document.
- When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
-
+ When you look in its document settings,
+ you can see that some additional
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
\SpecialChar TeX
Code Boxes
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
As \SpecialChar LyX
uses \SpecialChar LaTeX
- in the background, it supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ in the background,
+ it supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX
commands and constructs,
but not all.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
- This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
- is a \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package for every problem, though \SpecialChar LyX
- cannot support all packages and
- their commands.
+ This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there is a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package for every problem,
+ though \SpecialChar LyX
+ cannot support all packages and their commands.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-But don't worry, you can use any \SpecialChar LaTeX
+But don't worry,
+ you can use any \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command directly in \SpecialChar LyX
inside the \SpecialChar TeX
- Code
- box.
+ Code box.
A \SpecialChar TeX
Code box is created by the menu
\family sans
\end_inset
).
- The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
- it and selecting
+ The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on it and selecting
\family sans
Close Inset
\family default
Code.
Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard \SpecialChar LyX
text.
- For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word
+ For example,
+ if you want to draw a frame around a word
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\backslash
fbox
\series default
-, you can write the command part
+,
+ you can write the command part
\series bold
\backslash
in a second \SpecialChar TeX
Code box behind the word.
The word between the two \SpecialChar TeX
- Code boxes is then the argument as it is in the
- following example:
+ Code boxes is then the argument as it is in the following example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
At the end of \SpecialChar LaTeX
--commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
- to let \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands without parameters,
+ you have to insert a space to let \SpecialChar LaTeX
know that the command is finished.
\end_layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
- about the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+When you write larger documents or books,
+ you will need to know something about the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands that \SpecialChar LyX
uses in the background.
Because \SpecialChar LaTeX
- is based on commands, you can
+ is based on commands,
+ you can
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
your text.
- This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
- any time if you know the right commands.
- For example, imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline
- is the end of the day.
- Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
- all caption labels bold.
- But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
- in your manual.
- Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
- day.
+ This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at any time if you know the right commands.
+ For example,
+ imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the end of the day.
+ Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have all caption labels bold.
+ But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels in your manual.
+ Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one day.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Now \SpecialChar LaTeX
comes into play.
- As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ As mentioned above,
+ for every problem there exists a \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package.
First you have to find out which and therefore look in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
package database,
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! caption
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+caption
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
is what you need.
- To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
+ To use a package,
+ you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\begin_layout Standard
All \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
- two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
+ commands begin with a backslash,
+ the command argument is set within two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
\end_layout
caption
\series default
.
- After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
-
+ After a look in the documentation of the package,
+ you know that the option
\series bold
labelfont=bf
\series default
\series bold
caption
\series default
- package, have a look at its documentation,
+ package,
+ have a look at its documentation,
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "caption"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
- like your case.
+Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems like your case.
For example if you use a
\family sans
KOMA-Script
\family default
- class, you don't need the package
+ class,
+ you don't need the package
\series bold
caption
\series default
-, you can instead write
+,
+ you can instead write
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
in the preamble and the problem is solved.
- So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
- documentation of the document class you want to use.
+ So if you plan to write a large document,
+ you should have a look at the documentation of the document class you want to use.
(
\series bold
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
- text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
- argument.
+Commands in the preamble affect the whole document,
+ while commands in the text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command argument.
To insert a \SpecialChar LaTeX
--command in text, use the \SpecialChar TeX
- Code box as described in the previous
- section.
+-command in text,
+ use the \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code box as described in the previous section.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you want to learn more about \SpecialChar LaTeX
- and its syntax, have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--books
-
+ and its syntax,
+ have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-books
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Header/Footer line
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Header/Footer line
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
- to set the
+To define a custom page header and footer line for your document,
+ you need to set the
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Normally, headers and footers are set up at the beginning of the document.
+Normally,
+ headers and footers are set up at the beginning of the document.
But you can change them anywhere you want to.
Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Page-layout"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
The normal text on the page goes here.
- The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
- footnotes).
- Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
- the chapter, company logo but you can use almost anything, except of floats.
+ The running header is above the text,
+ and the footer is below (including footnotes).
+ Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number,
+ title of the chapter,
+ company logo but you can use almost anything,
+ except of floats.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
Note
\series default
-: some document classes implement their own customized page headers and
- footers if
+:
+ some document classes implement their own customized page headers and footers if
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
style
\family default
is set to “Default”.
- Check what these are before you specify your own customized page headers
- and footers.
+ Check what these are before you specify your own customized page headers and footers.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To define your header line, add all three header environments.
- The things you add to each environment appear on odd numbered pages, the
- things in the optional arguments on even numbered pages.
- For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
- can be omitted.
- If you leave a header environment or its argument empty, nothing appears
- in the output.
+To define your header line,
+ add all three header environments.
+ The things you add to each environment appear on odd numbered pages,
+ the things in the optional arguments on even numbered pages.
+ For single-sided documents,
+ the optional arguments will not be used and can be omitted.
+ If you leave a header environment or its argument empty,
+ nothing appears in the output.
Defining the footer line works similarly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For the definition, you will need some \SpecialChar LaTeX
+For the definition,
+ you will need some \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands that are inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
- code
- (menu
+ code (menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
TeX
\backslash
leftmark prints the current section number and title.
- If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
- title instead.
+ If the document has chapters,
+ it prints the current chapter number and title instead.
It is called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\backslash
rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
- If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
- title instead.
+ If the document has chapters,
+ it prints the current section number and title instead.
It is normally used in the right header.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
- The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
- footer has the page number.
- In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
- relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
- So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
+ The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center footer has the page number.
+ In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer,
+ include the relevant header/footer style in your document,
+ but leave it blank.
+ So,
+ if you do not want a page number in the footer,
+ include a blank
\family sans
Center
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Standard
The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
Some pages are different.
- The title page has a header/footer environment of its own, and so does
- any page that starts a new part or chapter in your book.
- Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
- There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
- the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
+ The title page has a header/footer environment of its own,
+ and so does any page that starts a new part or chapter in your book.
+ Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers,
+ but that is normal.
+ There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By default, you get a 0.4
+By default,
+ you get a 0.4
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\family default
\emph default
.
- If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
+ If you don't want a line,
+ set the thickness to 0
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+The lines can also be colored,
+ but this requires more knowledge of \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
- If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in section
+ If you really need this,
+ have a look at the Internet or in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
- this by adding a ragged line break in the style definition.
- However, the default height of the header/footer is only the height of
- one text line.
- To expand the height, redefine the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer,
+ you can do this by adding a ragged line break in the style definition.
+ However,
+ the default height of the header/footer is only the height of one text line.
+ To expand the height,
+ redefine the \SpecialChar LaTeX
length
\series bold
1cm
\series default
).
- If you don't know how much space is needed for the height, define your
- header/footer and preview your document as a PDF.
+ If you don't know how much space is needed for the height,
+ define your header/footer and preview your document as a PDF.
Then open the \SpecialChar LaTeX
logfile with the menu
\family sans
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! fancyhdr
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+fancyhdr
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
- for your header/footer.
+ If there is such a warning,
+ it contains the space that you need at least for your header/footer.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\backslash
rightmark
\series default
-, empty optional argument
+,
+ empty optional argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Header empty, empty optional argument
+Header empty,
+ empty optional argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Header empty,
+Header empty,
+
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Footer empty,
+Footer empty,
+
\series bold
\backslash
\family default
\series default
\color inherit
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\backslash
Roman{page}
\series default
-, empty optional argument
+,
+ empty optional argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
- For more specialized features, for example, thumb-indexes, see the manual
- of the
+In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers,
+ except floats.
+ For more specialized features,
+ for example,
+ thumb-indexes,
+ see the manual of the
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
- package,
+ package,
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "fancyhdr"
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Preview
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Preview
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the fly
- so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
- to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
+ allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To get previews working, you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+To get previews working,
+ you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX
package
\series bold
preview-latex
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! preview-latex
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+preview-latex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
preview
\series default
) installed.
- If it is not already installed, you will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX
--catalogue,
+ If it is not already installed,
+ you will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX
+-catalogue,
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
\family typewriter
netpbm
\family default
- package; for \SpecialChar LyX
+ package;
+ for \SpecialChar LyX
on Windows this program and also the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package are automatically
- installed together with \SpecialChar LyX
+-package are automatically installed together with \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Previews are generated when you load a document into \SpecialChar LyX
- and when you finish
- editing an inset.
+ and when you finish editing an inset.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
- Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
- generated by activating the option
+ Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately generated by activating the option
\family sans
Display
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Standard
Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
for example things that \SpecialChar LyX
- cannot render like rotated parts or things that
- are not yet supported by \SpecialChar LyX
+ cannot render like rotated parts or things that are not yet supported by \SpecialChar LyX
.
- To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
+ To do this,
+ insert a preview inset via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preview
.
Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
- If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
+ If you click on the preview,
+ you can edit the previewed stuff.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+An example:
+ To create rotated boxes,
+ you use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
command
\series bold
Code boxes you want to see in \SpecialChar LyX
the final rotated boxes,
for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding text.
- Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
- boxes into it.
+ Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated boxes into it.
Here is the result:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Previewing works also for colors.
- In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- command
-
+ In this example a special framed,
+ colored box was created using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ command
\series bold
\backslash
\end_inset
-This is text within a colored, framed box.
+This is text within a colored,
+ framed box.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
If \SpecialChar LyX
- does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
- above and also make sure that \SpecialChar TeX
- Code in the preview inset is valid and that
- you loaded the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages in your document preamble that are required by
- the \SpecialChar TeX
+ does not show a preview,
+ make sure that you enabled previews as described above and also make sure that \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code in the preview inset is valid and that you loaded the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages in your document preamble that are required by the \SpecialChar TeX
Code.
If \SpecialChar LyX
- cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able to
- view your document due to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ cannot create a preview,
+ you will in most cases also not be able to view your document due to \SpecialChar LaTeX
errors.
So if you have to use some \SpecialChar TeX
- Code and don't know if it is correct, the preview
- inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the whole document.
+ Code and don't know if it is correct,
+ the preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the whole document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\family default
and a window will be shown where you can see the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-source code.
- The window shows the source of the whole paragraph in which the cursor
- currently sits.
+ The window shows the source of the whole paragraph in which the cursor currently sits.
You can also select document parts in \SpecialChar LyX
-'s main window, then only this selection
- (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
- To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
- the source view window.
+'s main window,
+ then only this selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
+ To view the whole document as source,
+ enable the corresponding option in the source view window.
If you check
\family sans
Automatic update
\family default
-, you can see the changes as you make them in \SpecialChar LyX
-; but note that if you have
- several documents open, this will slow things down as \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ you can see the changes as you make them in \SpecialChar LyX
+;
+ but note that if you have several documents open,
+ this will slow things down as \SpecialChar LyX
updates them all,
not just the one which is open at the time.
\end_layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
- latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
- mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
- formulas
+Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed,
+ where the latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way;
+ not only entire mathematical formulas are found,
+ but also parts occurring within more complex formulas
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
- any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
-), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
- a section heading will only be found within section headings
+Search may be format-insensitive,
+ so that the searched text is found in any context/style (standard text,
+ section headings,
+ notes,
+ and even mathematics),
+ or it may be format-sensitive,
+ so that,
+ for example,
+ a word entered with a section heading will only be found within section headings
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Search may be restricted to mathematics environments only; this is useful
- for remangling math notation where one does not want to match any text
- outside of mathematics environments
+Search may be restricted to mathematics environments only;
+ this is useful for remangling math notation where one does not want to match any text outside of mathematics environments
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\emph on
scope
\emph default
-, i.
+,
+ i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
- all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
+ all the open files,
+ or all the manuals available from the
\family sans
Help
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
- capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
+Replace may optionally preserve capitalization,
+ so that the replaced text capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-all lowercase, all uppercase, first letter uppercase followed by lowercase)
+all lowercase,
+ all uppercase,
+ first letter uppercase followed by lowercase)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Find
\family default
\SpecialChar LyX
- mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
- on the
+ mini-editor a simple word,
+ and search for occurrences of it by clicking on the
\family sans
Find
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
key).
- The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
-, bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
+ The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode,
+ and in emphasized,
+ bold or normal face,
+ and in both in section titles and in standard text.
Pressing
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
sensitive
\family default
- option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
-
+ option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Mathematical formulas, such as
+Mathematical formulas,
+ such as
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
\end_inset
-, may be searched for by typing them in the
+,
+ may be searched for by typing them in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
editor.
- When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
- it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas.
+ When searching for a formula,
+ it is found both when it is alone and when it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas.
For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}$
\end_inset
Ignore format
\family default
option.
- This way, entering in the
+ This way,
+ entering in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-a normal word and searching for it would not find instances of the word
- occurring in emphasized or boldface.
+a normal word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring in emphasized or boldface.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
- instances with the same face only, and within the same text style only.
+an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective instances with the same face only,
+ and within the same text style only.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-a normal word in a section heading, and searching for it, would find occurrences
- of it only within section headings.
- Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
- to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
- style.
+a normal word in a section heading,
+ and searching for it,
+ would find occurrences of it only within section headings.
+ Also,
+ if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face,
+ in addition to a section style,
+ then it is found only when occurring with the same style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also
- displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
+a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
with
\family default
editor.
- In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
+ In order to find the next occurrence and replace it,
+ click on the
\family sans
Replace
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
You can replace with fully-featured formatted \SpecialChar LyX
entries.
- Typical scenarios in which to use this capability might be (just to mention
- two):
+ Typical scenarios in which to use this capability might be (just to mention two):
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
- same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
+replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the same word,
+ for example replacing occurrences of a name like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
- occurrences of
+performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols,
+ for example replacing occurrences of
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Settings
\family default
- tab, in order to avoid replacing all
+ tab,
+ in order to avoid replacing all
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
+ letters occurring in normal text),
+ or occurrences of
\begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\,j}$
\end_inset
-, or occurrences of
+,
+ or occurrences of
\begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
\end_inset
\end_inset
- You can search for a regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
- the
+ You can search for a regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into the
\family sans
Find
\family default
Find
\family default
editor.
- Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
- expression matching rules
+ Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular expression matching rules
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed \SpecialChar LyX
-
- segment, i.
+ segment,
+ i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
when matching \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed to
- match expressions.
+ code,
+ no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed to match expressions.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
- same text in the document.
+,
+ while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the same text in the document.
You can cut and paste regexp-mode insets.
Examples of using such a feature may be:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
- in the
+Searching for all fractions with a given denominator:
+ for example,
+ entering in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset
- on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
- fractions with the given denominator.
+ on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all fractions with the given denominator.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after
+Searching for all text with a given style:
+ for example,
+ after
\change_deleted 1549938239 1651390777
un
\change_unchanged
\family sans
Settings
\family default
- tab, entering a
+ tab,
+ entering a
\series bold
\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\series default
- regular expression and giving it an emphasized or bold face, finds all
- emphasized or bold face text respectively.
- Also, by inserting a
+ regular expression and giving it an emphasized or bold face,
+ finds all emphasized or bold face text respectively.
+ Also,
+ by inserting a
\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-color colored text like cyan, yellow, etc
+color colored text like cyan,
+ yellow,
+ etc
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-family Roman, Sans serif, Typewriter
+family Roman,
+ Sans serif,
+ Typewriter
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
shape e.g.
- upright, italic, ...
+ upright,
+ italic,
+ ...
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
size e.g.
- Large, Tiny, ...
+ Large,
+ Tiny,
+ ...
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\change_inserted 1549938239 1651392343
-Emph/noun Semantic Markup: Emphasized, Noun
+Emph/noun Semantic Markup:
+ Emphasized,
+ Noun
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\change_inserted 1549938239 1651392414
Underlining e.g.
- Single, Double, Wawy
+ Single,
+ Double,
+ Wawy
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\change_inserted 1549938239 1651392503
-Strike-through Single, With '/'
+Strike-through Single,
+ With '/'
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
markup e.g.
- title, part, chapter, section, ...
+ title,
+ part,
+ chapter,
+ section,
+ ...
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual:
+Finally,
+ references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual:
Enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
\begin_inset Formula $()$
\end_inset
-, and referring back to them through
+,
+ and referring back to them through
\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
\end_inset
-, etc..
- For example, try searching with the regexp
+,
+ etc..
+ For example,
+ try searching with the regexp
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
+in order to find word repetitions,
+ if there are any.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
- Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, and when
- occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of back-referenced
- sub-expressions is absolute.
+ Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
+ and when occurring in multiple different regexps,
+ where the numbering of back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute.
That is,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Spellchecker
\family default
-, the
+,
+ the
\family sans
F7
\family default
arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
\end_inset
- start the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the
- beginning of the currently selected text.
- A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
- you to edit and replace it in a second line.
- Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
- scrolled so that it is visible.
- In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
-n, if any could be found.
+ start the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the beginning of the currently selected text.
+ A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
+ allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
+ Whenever an unknown word is found,
+ the word is highlighted and the text scrolled so that it is visible.
+ In the spellchecker sidebar,
+ there is a box showing suggestions for a correction,
+ if any could be found.
Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
\family sans
Replacement
\family default
- field, double-clicking directly invokes the replacement.
+ field,
+ double-clicking directly invokes the replacement.
Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
- that is set in the
+By default,
+ the dictionary file used is determined by the document language that is set in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog.
- You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
- a different one at the top of the dialog.
+ You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing a different one at the top of the dialog.
\SpecialChar LyX
can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
This works if you have set the language of the text parts using the
link at the end of the opened webpage)
\change_unchanged
.
- To install a dictionary on Windows, copy the
+ To install a dictionary on Windows,
+ copy the
\change_inserted 244031559 1606069925
se
\change_unchanged
\family typewriter
aspell-xx
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family typewriter
hunspell-xx
\family default
,
+
\family typewriter
myspell-xx
\family default
-, etc., where
+,
+ etc.,
+ where
\family sans
xx
\family default
engine Select the library \SpecialChar LyX
should use for spell checking.
- Depending on your platform,
+ Depending on your platform,
+
\family typewriter
hunspell
\family default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-language If this field is not empty, \SpecialChar LyX
- will always use the given language
- for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
+language If this field is not empty,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will always use the given language for the spell checking,
+ no matter what the document language is.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
- should escape, e.
+characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker should escape,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-words Prevents the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
- like
+words Prevents the spell checker from complaining about compounded words like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
continuously Checks the spelling of your document as you type it.
Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
- By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
- appear in a context menu.
- Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
- word.
+ By right-clicking on an underlined word,
+ suggestions from the spellchecker appear in a context menu.
+ Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested word.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document content is checked
- as well.
+comments If enabled,
+ the spelling of non-printed document content is checked as well.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Thesaurus
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
provides a multilingual thesaurus.
- It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
- (namely the
+ It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice,
+ OpenOffice and Firefox (namely the
\family sans
MyThes
\family default
\end_inset
- thesaurus library, which is included in \SpecialChar LyX
+ thesaurus library,
+ which is included in \SpecialChar LyX
).
- Therefore, \SpecialChar LyX
+ Therefore,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
is able to directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries,
which are available for many languages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
- the use with \SpecialChar LyX
+This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for the use with \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\emph default
OpenOffice
\family default
- thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
+ thesauri consist of two files per language:
+ A file with the suffix
\emph on
*.dat
\emph default
*.idx
\emph default
.
- The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
- (e.
+ The standardized file names include the language code for the given language (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
en_US
\family default
for US English).
- For instance, the US English files are named:
+ For instance,
+ the US English files are named:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
OpenOffice
\family default
- and its thesaurus installed, these files should be already on your system
- and you just need to point \SpecialChar LyX
+ and its thesaurus installed,
+ these files should be already on your system and you just need to point \SpecialChar LyX
(in
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-On Linux, depending on your distribution and the way you installed the dictionar
-ies, typical locations are
+On Linux,
+ depending on your distribution and the way you installed the dictionaries,
+ typical locations are
\family typewriter
/usr/share/mythes/
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family typewriter
/usr/share/myspell/dicts/
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family typewriter
/usr/share/ooo/thesaurus/
\family default
,
+
\family typewriter
~/.config/libreoffice/<version>/user/
\family default
or alike.
- On Windows, dictionaries are to be found at
+ On Windows,
+ dictionaries are to be found at
\family typewriter
~
\backslash
extensions
\family default
or similar.
- On the Mac, the default location is
+ On the Mac,
+ the default location is
\family typewriter
/Users\SpecialChar breakableslash
<user name>\SpecialChar breakableslash
\end_inset
- On Windows, you can alternatively also select dictionaries for installation
- during the \SpecialChar LyX
- installation process, which will then be installed in the correct
- place right away.
+ On Windows,
+ you can alternatively also select dictionaries for installation during the \SpecialChar LyX
+ installation process,
+ which will then be installed in the correct place right away.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted 244031559 1606069853
updated
\change_unchanged
- thesaurus dictionaries, you can download them from here:
+ thesaurus dictionaries,
+ you can download them from here:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To install a new dictionary, download the two files for this dictionary
- into the thesaurus path (which is set in
+To install a new dictionary,
+ download the two files for this dictionary into the thesaurus path (which is set in
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family default
) and restart \SpecialChar LyX
.
- If this path is not defined yet, you can use a dictionary of your choice
- and point \SpecialChar LyX
+ If this path is not defined yet,
+ you can use a dictionary of your choice and point \SpecialChar LyX
there.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Alternatively, you can also install new dictionaries via
+Alternatively,
+ you can also install new dictionaries via
\family sans
LibreOffice\SpecialChar breakableslash
OpenOffice
\family default
- or, on Linux, via your package manager (look for
+ or,
+ on Linux,
+ via your package manager (look for
\emph on
mythes-*
\emph default
libreoffice-thesaurus-*
\emph default
packages).
- If you do this, make sure that \SpecialChar LyX
+ If you do this,
+ make sure that \SpecialChar LyX
is able to find the installed dictionaries,
i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To start the thesaurus, use the menu
+To start the thesaurus,
+ use the menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thesaurus
arg "thesaurus-entry"
\end_inset
- while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
- selected.
- A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
- a replacement.
+ while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is selected.
+ A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as a replacement.
The suggestions are grouped into categories.
- Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not
- only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as
-
+ Note that,
+ for some languages (such as English),
+ the thesaurus does not only show equivalent words (synonyms),
+ but also generic terms (such as
\emph on
organism
\emph default
\emph on
plant
\emph default
-), related terms (such as
+),
+ related terms (such as
\emph on
political
\begin_inset space ~
\emph on
anarchistic
\emph default
-), compounds (such as
+),
+ compounds (such as
\emph on
tree
\begin_inset space ~
diagram
\emph default
-, if you look for
+,
+ if you look for
\emph on
tree
\emph default
boy
\emph default
).
- Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such.
+ Generic terms,
+ related terms and antonyms are marked as such.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
- you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
- up directly there.
+The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor,
+ but you can also switch it in the dialog,
+ as you can enter new words to look up directly there.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
- the dictionary, such as the above
+Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in the dictionary,
+ such as the above
\emph on
tree diagram
\emph default
-), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
+),
+ and you have to use the so called lemma form,
+ i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
- singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
- For example, looking up the word form
+the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages:
+ first person singular indicative active for nouns,
+ infinitive for verbs).
+ For example,
+ looking up the word form
\emph on
reporting
\emph default
- yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
+ yields no results,
+ while results are shown for the word form
\emph on
report
\emph default
\emph on
report
\emph default
-s); then you will get suggestions without needing to adjust the query in
- the dialog, and also the replacement will probably be correct (as only
- the highlighted part will be replaced; thus the ending remains).
+s);
+ then you will get suggestions without needing to adjust the query in the dialog,
+ and also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted part will be replaced;
+ thus the ending remains).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Change Tracking
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Change Tracking
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Change Tracking
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
- able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
+When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
\family sans
underlined text
\bar default
\color inherit
- is an addition,
+ is an addition,
+
\strikeout on
\color blue
canceled text
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! Change tracking
+Color
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Change tracking
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
The author and the date of the change are shown in \SpecialChar LyX
-'s status bar when the
- cursor is in changed text.
+'s status bar when the cursor is in changed text.
The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in \SpecialChar LyX
+When change tracking is activated,
+ you will see the review toolbar in \SpecialChar LyX
:
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Toolbar ! Review
+Toolbar
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Review
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Not all changes are (yet) visualized, especially no format changes like
- from
+Not all changes are (yet) visualized,
+ especially no format changes like from
\emph on
normal
\emph default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
- the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
- When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
- the next change after the current cursor position.
+The review toolbar helps you to accept,
+ reject,
+ or merge changes – highlight the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
+ When you merge changes,
+ a window pops up showing you information about the next change after the current cursor position.
So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
- Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
- step to the next change.
+ Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and step to the next change.
This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
- to describe a change.
+The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important to describe a change.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! dvipost
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+dvipost
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
installed.
You will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX
- Catalogue,
+ Catalogue,
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family default
.
The comparison result is a \SpecialChar LyX
- file with change tracking enabled showing the
- differences.
+ file with change tracking enabled showing the differences.
In the comparison dialog you can select from which document \SpecialChar LyX
- should take
- the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
-
+ should take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
\family sans
Copy
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Section
International Support
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX
with any language you want.
- For some languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain how to set
- up \SpecialChar LyX
- to use them:
+ For some languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
+ to use them:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Arabic,Armenian,Cyrillic,Farsi,Hebrew,Japanese"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Besides languages, \SpecialChar LyX
- also supports phonetic symbols, see section
+Besides languages,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ also supports phonetic symbols,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Special-Character"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Language Options
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Language ! Options
+Language
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Options
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Language
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Language
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
dialog lets you set
\family roman
-the language, the quote style and character encoding
+the language,
+ the quote style and character encoding
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Language-encodings"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
- can use an alternate keymap.
- For example, if you want to write in Italian, you can configure \SpecialChar LyX
- to use
- an Italian keymap.
+S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English,
+ you can use an alternate keymap.
+ For example,
+ if you want to write in Italian,
+ you can configure \SpecialChar LyX
+ to use an Italian keymap.
The
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator
Keyboard/Mouse
\family default
- dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings, see section
+ dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Keyboard-Map"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
- You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
- which one you want to use.
+ You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select which one you want to use.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
- different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
- You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.
+Finally,
+ you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely different keymap (for Vulcan,
+ for instance).
+ You may,
+ for example,
+ normally write in Italian on a U.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
S.-style keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
- In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
- one to support the characters you want.
+ In such a case,
+ you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing one to support the characters you want.
This and many other customizations are explained in the
\emph on
Customization
\begin_layout Standard
This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
- It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
- topic inside the user's guide.
+ It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special topic inside the user's guide.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
The File Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Menu ! File
+Menu
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+File
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
- Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
- the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
+ Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for the document,
+ features you would otherwise need to change manually.
\change_inserted -712698321 1553353209
- Furthermore, templates can provide text structures and fragments for recurring
- writing tasks.
+ Furthermore,
+ templates can provide text structures and fragments for recurring writing tasks.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1553352904
-Saves the document in the appropriate templates directory for later use
- as a template.
+Saves the document in the appropriate templates directory for later use as a template.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
- one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
+This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
It is described in the section
\emph on
Version Control in \SpecialChar LyX
\begin_layout Standard
Here you can import files from older \SpecialChar LyX
- versions, HTML files, \SpecialChar LaTeX
- files, NoWeb
- files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files (CSV).
+ versions,
+ HTML files,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ files,
+ NoWeb files,
+ plain text files and comma separated,
+ table-like text files (CSV).
The files will be imported as a new \SpecialChar LyX
document.
\end_layout
text
\family default
-, line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
- entry
+,
+ line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph;
+ when using the menu entry
\family sans
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
Lines
\family default
-, consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
+,
+ consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
- in section
+Here is a list of all available entries;
+ some of them are explained in detail in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
+1.4.x versions for Chinese,
+ Japanese and Korean (CJK)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
- language
+DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup language
\family typewriter
DocBook
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
- language
+(XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup language
\family typewriter
DocBook
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
DraftDVI \SpecialChar LaTeX
's native DVI-format.
- This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
- files paths or file names in your document.
+ This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in files paths or file names in your document.
\SpecialChar LyX
use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-DVI DVI-format that also allows the usage of special characters or spaces
- in files paths or file names
+DVI DVI-format that also allows the usage of special characters or spaces in files paths or file names
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
-; supports Unicode and the usage of non-\SpecialChar TeX
- fonts;
+;
+ supports Unicode and the usage of non-\SpecialChar TeX
+ fonts;
+
\series bold
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-HTML HTML-format;
+HTML HTML-format;
+
\series bold
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
the exported file will be stored in a subdirectory.
\end_layout
\family sans
MS Word
\family default
-; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
- not in the format
+;
+ as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not in the format
\family sans
MathML
\family default
(pdflatex)
\family default
text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- source, additionally all images used in the document
- will be converted to a format that is readable by the
+ source,
+ additionally all images used in the document will be converted to a format that is readable by the
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
- program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
+ program (GIF,
+ JPG,
+ PDF,
+ PNG)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
(plain)
\family default
text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- source code, additionally all images used in the document
- will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable by the
-
+ source code,
+ additionally all images used in the document will be converted to the EPS-format,
+ only this format is readable by the
\family typewriter
latex
\family default
TeX
\family default
) text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- source and also code in the syntax of the music notation
- software
+ source and also code in the syntax of the music notation software
\family typewriter
LilyPond
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2.1.x";
+2.1.x";
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
- your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
- to compile it (images, child documents, Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- files, etc.)
+(zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary to compile it (images,
+ child documents,
+ Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ files,
+ etc.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-XML Office Open XML file, to be opened with
+XML Office Open XML file,
+ to be opened with
\family sans
Microsoft Word
\family default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(Pandoc) OpenDocument file, to be opened with
+(Pandoc) OpenDocument file,
+ to be opened with
\family sans
-LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
+LibreOffice,
+ OpenOffice,
+ KOffice,
+ Abiword
\family default
-, etc..
+,
+ etc..
For the conversion the program
\family typewriter
Pandoc
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
\family default
-, produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
+,
+ produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-useful for e-books to be read on tablet PCs or for large documents as intermedia
-te preview)
+useful for e-books to be read on tablet PCs or for large documents as intermediate preview)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
-, produces PDF-files directly
+,
+ produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
-, produces PDF-files directly
+,
+ produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
\family default
-, produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
+,
+ produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Xe\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
-, produces PDF-files directly
+,
+ produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
(ps2ascii)
\family default
- text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
- and then exported as text using the program
+ text format,
+ the document will first be converted to Postscript format and then exported as text using the program
\family sans
ps2ascii
\end_layout
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
-; for possible
+;
+ for possible
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:General-output"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Description
Sweave text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- source and also code in the statistical programming
- language
+ source and also code in the statistical programming language
\family typewriter
R
\family default
\family sans
DVI
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\family sans
Postscript
\family default
- is missing, you need to update your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ is missing,
+ you need to update your \SpecialChar LaTeX
installation.
After updating you have to reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
-, see section
+,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
- Windows you additionally need to register its program path to \SpecialChar LyX
+This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on Windows you additionally need to register its program path to \SpecialChar LyX
's PATH prefix,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paths"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Converters"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
The Edit Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Menu ! Edit
+Menu
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Edit
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
+Cut,
+ Copy,
+ Paste,
+ Paste Recent,
+ Paste Special
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Selects the content of the inset in which the cursor currently is.
- If the cursor is outside an inset, the whole document will be selected.
+ If the cursor is outside an inset,
+ the whole document will be selected.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This shifts the paragraph in which the cursor currently is one paragraph
- up or down.
+This shifts the paragraph in which the cursor currently is one paragraph up or down.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Settings
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph ! Settings
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
- These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
- in.
+Enables you to set the paragraph alignment,
+ line spacing and label width.
+ These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently in.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
- have chosen to separate paragraphs with
+You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
\family sans
Indentation
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1525756615
-This sub-menu provides several ways to customize the appearance of text
- passages.
+This sub-menu provides several ways to customize the appearance of text passages.
You can
\end_layout
Customize\SpecialChar ldots
\family default
-; this is described in section
+;
+ this is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\family sans
Capitalize
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Uppercase
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Lowercase
\family default
\change_inserted 630872221 1621860799
if
\change_inserted -712698321 1525756787
- the document class or a module provides custom text styles (in the case
- of this document:
+ the document class or a module provides custom text styles (in the case of this document:
+
\family sans
Code
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Emph
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Noun
\family default
\family sans
Strong
\family default
-, provided by the
+,
+ provided by the
\family sans
Logical Markup
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Custom-Character-Styles"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
These menus only appear if the cursor is inside a table.
- It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells, add or remove borders
- of a cell and to set the alignment of the cell.
+ It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells,
+ add or remove borders of a cell and to set the alignment of the cell.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Standard
This menu only appears if the cursor is inside an inset.
It will dissolve this inset.
- This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
- text.
+ This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These menus are only active if the cursor is in an environment that can
- be nested.
+These menus are only active if the cursor is in an environment that can be nested.
They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
The View Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Menu ! View
+Menu
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+View
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Navigating"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Table-of-Contents"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
- in section
+Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document,
+ as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
- while \SpecialChar LaTeX
+e.,
+ hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background while \SpecialChar LaTeX
is processing the document.
\end_layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In this menu entry you can set the icon size and the appearance of the different
- toolbars.
+In this menu entry you can set the icon size and the appearance of the different toolbars.
All toolbars and the
\family sans
Command
Symbols
\family default
,
+
\change_unchanged
\family sans
Table
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Math,
+
\family default
\family sans
\end_inset
Macros,
+
\family default
\family sans
\change_deleted -712698321 1608195728
\emph default
-,
+,
+
\change_inserted -712698321 1608196033
.
- The state of these toolbars is set and indicated in a submenu which lets
- you select
+ The state of these toolbars is set and indicated in a submenu which lets you select
\family sans
On
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Off
\family default
-, and
+,
+ and
\family sans
Automatic
\family default
\emph default
state the toolbar is permanently shown
\change_inserted -712698321 1608195803
-, in the
+,
+ in the
\emph on
off
\emph default
state it is never shown
\change_unchanged
-; in the
+;
+ in the
\emph on
automatic
\emph default
- state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
- or when a certain feature is enabled.
- That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
- is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
- is inside a formula or table respectively
+ state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment or when a certain feature is enabled.
+ That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking is activated,
+ the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor is inside a formula or table respectively
\change_inserted -712698321 1608195857
-, the phonetic symbols toolbar only in the phonetic symbols environment
+,
+ the phonetic symbols toolbar only in the phonetic symbols environment
\change_unchanged
.
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Toolbars"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
Half
\family default
will split it horizontally.
- This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
- to view the same document, but at different positions.
- You can even split the main window several times to view, for example,
+ This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them,
+ or to view the same document,
+ but at different positions.
+ You can even split the main window several times to view,
+ for example,
three or more documents at the same time.
- To close a split view, use the menu
+ To close a split view,
+ use the menu
\family sans
Close
\begin_inset space ~
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
- so that you will see nothing but your text.
+Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so that you will see nothing but your text.
It furthermore displays \SpecialChar LyX
's main window fullscreen.
- To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
- and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
+ To return from fullscreen to the normal view,
+ press F11,
+ or right-click and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
The Insert Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Menu ! Insert
+Menu
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Insert
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\family sans
Symbols
\family default
- dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your \SpecialChar LaTeX
system.
By default groups of characters are displayed in character categories;
the available characters depend on the \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
Not all characters will be visible in the
\family sans
Symbols
\family default
- dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
- dialog (see section
+ dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences dialog (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar ldots
+Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis:
+ \SpecialChar ldots
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Abbreviations"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote style you selected in
- the
+Quote Inserts this quote:
+ ",
+ no matter what quote style you selected in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Quote Inserts a single quote in the quotation marks style selected in the
-
+Quote Inserts a single quote in the quotation marks style selected in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
\change_inserted 177693 1654619443
prevents automatic
\change_unchanged
- line breaks: \SpecialChar nobreakdash
+ line breaks:
+ \SpecialChar nobreakdash
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Slash Inserts a slash where a line break can also occur: \SpecialChar breakableslash
+Slash Inserts a slash where a line break can also occur:
+ \SpecialChar breakableslash
\end_layout
Space
\change_deleted -712698321 1590482504
-Inserts a character representing a single space (the one you get when pressing
- the
+Inserts a character representing a single space (the one you get when pressing the
\family sans
Space
\family default
- key):
+ key):
+
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
\emph on
Math
\emph default
- manual:
+ manual:
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar menuseparator
+Separator Inserts the menu separator sign:
+ \SpecialChar menuseparator
\end_layout
Symbols
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Language ! Phonetic symbols
+Language
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Phonetic symbols
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Inserts a box where you can insert symbols from the International Phonetic
- Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which provides a large set of these
- symbols.
+Inserts a box where you can insert symbols from the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which provides a large set of these symbols.
To use this feature you must have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! tipa
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+tipa
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Description
Logos Inserts the logos of the programs \SpecialChar LyX
-, \SpecialChar TeX
-, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ \SpecialChar TeX
+,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
and \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
+Superscript Inserts a superscript:
+ test
\begin_inset script superscript
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-a, b
+a,
+ b
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
+Subscript Inserts a subscript:
+ test
\begin_inset script subscript
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Normal-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Thin-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\emph on
Math
\emph default
- manual:
+ manual:
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Horizontal-Lines"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Vertical-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Phantom-Space"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Hyphenation"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Ligatures"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Break Inserts a line break point (zero-width space character) that is invisible
- in the output.
+Break Inserts a line break point (zero-width space character) that is invisible in the output.
See section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Break Inserts a forced page break that shares the extra space among paragraph
- breaks instead of leaving it at the bottom of the page, as described in
- section
+Break Inserts a forced page break that shares the extra space among paragraph breaks instead of leaving it at the bottom of the page,
+ as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Suppressing-Page-Breaks"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Modification) inserts the date of the last file modification (time of last
- save)
+Modification) inserts the date of the last file modification (time of last save)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Modification) inserts the time of the last file modification (time of last
- save)
+Modification) inserts the time of the last file modification (time of last save)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\change_inserted 630872221 1621866608
Other\SpecialChar ldots
- opens a dialog that lets you insert alternative formats of the three
- date types listed above and insert a range of other information.
+ opens a dialog that lets you insert alternative formats of the three date types listed above and insert a range of other information.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
of Contents
\family default
-, the
+,
+ the
\family sans
List of Algorithms
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
List of Figures,
+
\family default
\family sans
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:toc"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Index"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-, the
+,
+ the
\family sans
Nomenclature
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nomenclature"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To insert floats, as described in section
+To insert floats,
+ as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Floats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To insert notes, described in section
+To insert notes,
+ described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Notes"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a
- new branch.
+Inserts a branch inset,
+ if any,
+ and allowing you to create and insert a new branch.
Branches are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Branches"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts document class-specific insets.
- Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
- document class.
+ Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain document class.
An example is the document class
\change_deleted -712698321 1553354540
\emph default
in
\emph on
-Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format
+Installing New Document Classes,
+ The Layout file format
\emph default
of the
\emph on
\begin_layout Subsection
File
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
- in your document.
+This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files in your document.
For more information see chapter
\emph on
External Document Parts
\begin_layout Subsection
Box
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Caption
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables ! Multi-page ! Caption
+Tables
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Multi-page
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Caption
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Floats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-; captions in multi-page tables are described in the section
+;
+ captions in multi-page tables are described in the section
\emph on
Multi-page
\change_inserted -712698321 1590482693
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Index"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nomenclature"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Tables"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Graphics"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:URLs"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Hyperlinks"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Footnotes"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These menu items are only visible if it is possible to have two consecutive
- environments of the same type.
+These menu items are only visible if it is possible to have two consecutive environments of the same type.
See section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Separate-Nestings"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Is only visible if the cursor is in front, in or behind a section heading,
+Is only visible if the cursor is in front,
+ in or behind a section heading,
title or caption of a float.
Inserts a short title as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Short-Titles"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Program Listing
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\change_deleted -712698321 1533459320
Inserts the actual date.
- The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
- \SpecialChar LyX
+ The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for \SpecialChar LyX
's menus.
\change_unchanged
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
The Navigate Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Menu ! Navigate
+Menu
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Navigate
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
+This menu lists the existing chapters,
+ sections,
+ figures,
+ tables,
+ etc.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
- This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
- to jump, for example, between section
+ This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have to jump,
+ for example,
+ between section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.5 and 6.3.
- To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
+ To create bookmarks for this example,
+ go to section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
2.
- Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
- the key bindings
+ Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by the key bindings
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "bookmark-goto 1"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
+Next Note,
+ Change,
+ Cross-reference
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference after the current cursor
- position.
+Jump to the next note,
+ change,
+ or cross-reference after the current cursor position.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Standard
Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
- (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
-
+ (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
\family sans
Go
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Section
The Document Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Menu ! Document
+Menu
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
After running \SpecialChar LaTeX
- by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be enabled.
+ by viewing or exporting a document,
+ this menu will be enabled.
It shows the logfile of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-program used.
- You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something
- to the clipboard or update the view.
+ You can go to the next error or the next warning,
+ search,
+ copy something to the clipboard or update the view.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-With the help of the logfile, experts can find reasons for \SpecialChar LaTeX
+With the help of the logfile,
+ experts can find reasons for \SpecialChar LaTeX
-errors.
\end_layout
one can open \SpecialChar LyX
's temporary folder for the document.
This folder contains all converted and created files to generate the output.
- Some of these files might be of interest for experts to solve problems
- or for writers who need to supply intermediate files.
+ Some of these files might be of interest for experts to solve problems or for writers who need to supply intermediate files.
For example some journals require to send the
\family sans
*.bbl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sets the start of the appendices of the document at the current cursor position
- as described in section
+Sets the start of the appendices of the document at the current cursor position as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Appendices"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
- default output format for the document (menu
+This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as default output format for the document (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Format
\family default
-; see section
+;
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
Format
\family default
-; see section
+;
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
Viewer
\family default
-; see section
+;
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
With this menu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
- The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
- actual document with an external program.
- The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
- the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual document with an external program.
+ The menu entries are not the same on all installations —
+ it depends on the \SpecialChar LaTeX
programs that are found when \SpecialChar LyX
was configured.
All possible formats are listed in section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Export"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
DVI
\family default
.
- If it is missing, you need to update or repair your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ If it is missing,
+ you need to update or repair your \SpecialChar LaTeX
installation.
After updating you have to reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
(see section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
Viewer
\family default
-; see section
+;
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
- the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
+This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-With this menu you can update the view of alternative output formats of
- your document without opening a new viewer window.
+With this menu you can update the view of alternative output formats of your document without opening a new viewer window.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\emph default
manual for more information on this topic).
This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
- That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
- book,
+ That is,
+ if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a book,
+
\family sans
View
\begin_inset space ~
Document
\family default
- generates the output of the whole book, while
+ generates the output of the whole book,
+ while
\family sans
View
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
- in the document settings (menu
+The format used by this function is the default output format as specified in the document settings (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Format
\family default
-; see section
+;
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
Format
\family default
-; see section
+;
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual for more information on this topic).
- This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
- its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
+ This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
- in the document settings (menu
+The format used by this function is the default output format as specified in the document settings (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Format
\family default
-; see section
+;
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
Format
\family default
-; see section
+;
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Un/compresses the current document.
- For documents under version control it is strongly recommended to disable
- compression (see the
+ For documents under version control it is strongly recommended to disable compression (see the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
The Tools Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Menu ! Tools
+Menu
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tools
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Spellchecking"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Thesaurus"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Statistics
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Returns the number of the words and characters in the actual document or
- the highlighted document part.
+Returns the number of the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted document part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family default
Information
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Compare
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Comparison-of-Documents"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Reconfigure
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LyX
- ! Reconfigure|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
-{
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Reconfigure
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset IndexMacro see
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX
-}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
Reconfigures \SpecialChar LyX
-; that is, \SpecialChar LyX
+;
+ that is,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
looks for \SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages and programs it needs; see
- also section
+-packages and programs it needs;
+ see also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
The Help Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Menu ! Help
+Menu
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Help
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
This menu lists the documentation files of \SpecialChar LyX
in the language of \SpecialChar LyX
's menus.
- If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
- listed.
+ If a file is not available in this language,
+ the English version will be listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family default
shows a \SpecialChar LyX
document with information about the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages and classes found
- by \SpecialChar LyX
+ packages and classes found by \SpecialChar LyX
(see also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
LyX
\family default
- gives information about the copyright, the credits and the \SpecialChar LyX
- version you
- are using.
+ gives information about the copyright,
+ the credits and the \SpecialChar LyX
+ version you are using.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Toolbars"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Standard Toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Toolbar ! Standard
+Toolbar
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
- buttons:
+The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following buttons:
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Emphasize text, function of the
+Emphasize text,
+ function of the
\change_deleted -712698321 1525758222
\family sans
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Set text to noun style, function of the
+Set text to noun style,
+ function of the
\change_deleted -712698321 1525758226
\family sans
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Toggle outline window on/off,
+Toggle outline window on/off,
+
\family sans
View\SpecialChar menuseparator
Outline
\begin_layout Subsection
Extra Toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Toolbar ! Extra
+Toolbar
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Extra
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
- buttons:
+The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following buttons:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Subsection
View/Update Toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Toolbar ! View / Update
+Toolbar
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+View / Update
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The view/update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
- buttons:
+The view/update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following buttons:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\change_deleted -712698321 1545901302
-* These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
- icon set.
+* These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default icon set.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-, the table toolbar
+,
+ the table toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Toolbar ! Table
+Toolbar
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Table
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\emph default
manual and the math macro toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Toolbar ! Macro
+Toolbar
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Macro
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
Setting
\family default
-s dialog contains submenus to set properties for the whole document and
- is called with the menu
+s dialog contains submenus to set properties for the whole document and is called with the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
defaults.lyx
\family default
which is automatically loaded by \SpecialChar LyX
- when you create a new document without
- using a template.
+ when you create a new document without using a template.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Use Class Defaults
\family default
resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
- This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
+ This affects mostly class options,
+ the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
- There are so many document settings available that it might take a while
- to find the one you are looking for.
- To find a setting quicker, you can use the search field which is above
- the submenus of the dialog.
+ There are so many document settings available that it might take a while to find the one you are looking for.
+ To find a setting quicker,
+ you can use the search field which is above the submenus of the dialog.
If you search e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, you will see that some submenus will be grayed-out and disabled.
+,
+ you will see that some submenus will be grayed-out and disabled.
Only the submenus with page settings stay enabled.
The found page settings are labeled red in these submenus.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
- master document.
+Here you set the document class,
+ class options,
+ a graphics driver,
+ and a master document.
Document classes are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Document-Classes"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
- you can load you own layout-file, that is not in \SpecialChar LyX
+ you can load you own layout-file,
+ that is not in \SpecialChar LyX
's
\emph on
layouts
\emph default
folder and thus not recognized by \SpecialChar LyX
as a layout for a document class.
- For more about layout-files, see the chapter
+ For more about layout-files,
+ see the chapter
\emph on
-Installing New Document Classes, Types of Layout Files
+Installing New Document Classes,
+ Types of Layout Files
\emph default
of the
\emph on
\begin_layout Standard
Some classes use special class options by default.
- If this is the case, they are listed in the field
+ If this is the case,
+ they are listed in the field
\family sans
Predefined
\family default
and you can decide to use them or not.
- If you do not know exactly what the default class options are for, it is
- recommended you leave them untouched.
+ If you do not know exactly what the default class options are for,
+ it is recommended you leave them untouched.
The
\family sans
Graphics driver
\family default
is used for \SpecialChar LaTeX
-'s graphics, color and page layout packages.
+'s graphics,
+ color and page layout packages.
If using
\family sans
Default
\family default
-, the default driver for the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ the default driver for the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages is used.
- It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
- doing.
+ It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are doing.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\family sans
-dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
+dvi2ps,
+ dvialw,
+ dvilaser,
+ dvitops,
+ psprint,
+ pubps,
+ ln
\family default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
you first have to activate them in your \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distribution, see section
+ distribution,
+ see section
\emph on
Driver support
\emph default
\family default
document is necessary if the current document is a child or subdocument.
The master document will be used by \SpecialChar LyX
- in the background if the child document
- is opened without its master.
+ in the background if the child document is opened without its master.
This way child documents are always compilable.
More about master and child documents is explained in the section
\emph on
\begin_layout Standard
There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
-
+-package
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! prettyref
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+prettyref
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! refstyle
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
- for cross-references, see section
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for cross-references,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Modules"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Local-Layout"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Note that \SpecialChar LyX
will not show two columns or the specified line spacing on screen.
- That would be impractical, often unreadable, and is not part of the WYSIWYM
- concept.
- However, it will be as you specified in the output.
+ That would be impractical,
+ often unreadable,
+ and is not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
+ However,
+ it will be as you specified in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Document-Layout"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Margins"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Language ! Encoding
+Language
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Encoding
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
The document language and quote styles are set here.
The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to \SpecialChar LaTeX
(the \SpecialChar LyX
- file
- is always encoded in utf8).
- All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
- be exported as \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ file is always encoded in utf8).
+ All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will be exported as \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands (this can fail if a \SpecialChar LaTeX
--command is not known for
- a particular character).
+-command is not known for a particular character).
\change_inserted -712698321 1557594829
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1557596095
-By default, \SpecialChar LyX
+By default,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
outputs \SpecialChar LaTeX
- files in Unicode – or utf8, for that matter (which
- is nowadays also \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ files in Unicode – or utf8,
+ for that matter (which is nowadays also \SpecialChar LaTeX
's default encoding).
- This should normally fit your needs, since \SpecialChar LaTeX
-'s Unicode support covers the
- characters of most scripts.
- Nonetheless it is not yet comprehensive, so there might be cases where
- using one of the traditional, or
+ This should normally fit your needs,
+ since \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s Unicode support covers the characters of most scripts.
+ Nonetheless it is not yet comprehensive,
+ so there might be cases where using one of the traditional,
+ or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, encodings is necessary.
+,
+ encodings is necessary.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Encodings
\family default
- dropdown, \SpecialChar LyX
- automatically selects the appropriate traditional encoding for
- the given language(s).
+ dropdown,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ automatically selects the appropriate traditional encoding for the given language(s).
\change_deleted -712698321 1557595310
\family sans
Language Default
\family default
-, \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
\change_unchanged
file.
\change_deleted -712698321 1557595350
-If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
- exactly one encoding.
+If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use exactly one encoding.
Checking this option is the preferred setting.
\change_unchanged
\begin_layout Standard
\change_deleted 630872221 1621942852
-As a third option, \SpecialChar LyX
+As a third option,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
provides the
\family sans
ASCII
\family default
selection.
- If this is chosen, any character outside the 7bit ASCII range will be output
- as a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ If this is chosen,
+ any character outside the 7bit ASCII range will be output as a \SpecialChar LaTeX
command.
\change_inserted -712698321 1557596155
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1557645585
-Finally, you can also select
+Finally,
+ you can also select
\family sans
Custom
\family default
-, which lets you specify a specific (single) encoding for the whole document.
+,
+ which lets you specify a specific (single) encoding for the whole document.
Note that this encoding is then used for
\emph on
any
\emph default
language.
- The custom list (which is spelled out below) consists of traditional encodings
- and some special cases of Unicode for specific purposes (see explanation
- below).
+ The custom list (which is spelled out below) consists of traditional encodings and some special cases of Unicode for specific purposes (see explanation below).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted 630872221 1621943278
in the next dropdown menu
\change_inserted -712698321 1557645268
-does what it states:
+does what it states:
+
\change_inserted 630872221 1621943783
i
\change_deleted 630872221 1621943782
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\change_inserted -712698321 1557645185
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! inputenc
+ packages
+\change_unchanged
+
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557645185
+inputenc
\change_unchanged
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- This option might be useful if you use a class or package that pre-loads
- inputenc or if inputenc must not be used for some reason.
- When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
- in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
- languages in \SpecialChar TeX
+ This option might be useful if you use a class or package that pre-loads inputenc or if inputenc must not be used for some reason.
+ When using this,
+ you probably need to load some additional packages manually in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign languages in \SpecialChar TeX
code.
Note that this option is only available for the standard
\family sans
\change_deleted -712698321 1557596063
\SpecialChar LyX
- also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
- lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
+ also supports Unicode output,
+ which is particularly useful if you need lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts,
+ respectively.
If you want to use this (and your \SpecialChar LaTeX
- installation supports Unicode), choose
- one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
+ installation supports Unicode),
+ choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard \SpecialChar LaTeX
- is quite incomplete, so
- it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
- with
+ is quite incomplete,
+ so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine with
\family sans
Language Default
\family default
(when \SpecialChar LyX
uses its list of known \SpecialChar LaTeX
--commands), but does not work with a fixed
- utf8 encoding (when the list of known \SpecialChar LaTeX
--commands is not used, because all
- Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
+-commands),
+ but does not work with a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands is not used,
+ because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
The situation is much better with Xe\SpecialChar TeX
and Lua\SpecialChar TeX
-, two new alternative engines
- to standard \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ two new alternative engines to standard \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
Both engines support Unicode natively.
\SpecialChar LyX
(XeTeX)
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
(LuaTeX)
\family default
-, see section
+,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\family sans
Language Default
\family default
- fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
+ fails,
+ you might try out one of these new engines.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
package
\family default
determines the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
- of strings like
+-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation of strings like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Prefs-Language"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
- format you will use.
+Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export format you will use.
In many cases this will be
\series bold
babel
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! babel
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+babel
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! polyglossia
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+polyglossia
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
ngerman
\series default
- (for German texts), type in
+ (for German texts),
+ type in
\series bold
\begin_inset Newline newline
\family sans
Language Default
\family default
-, but the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ but the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
inputenc
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! inputenc
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+inputenc
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
is not used.
- When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
- in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
- languages in \SpecialChar TeX
+ When using this,
+ you probably need to load some additional packages manually in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign languages in \SpecialChar TeX
code.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
+ASCII the ASCII encoding,
+ covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
\SpecialChar LyX
converts all other characters into \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands, which may result in a big
- file when lots of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ commands,
+ which may result in a big file when lots of \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands are needed.
\change_deleted 630872221 1621943931
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
- as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
+1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian,
+ Latvian and Lithuanian,
+ the same as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
- encoding
+8859-13) for Estonian,
+ Latvian and Lithuanian,
+ a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
- ISO-8859-13 encoding
+8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian,
+ Latvian and Lithuanian,
+ a subset of the ISO-8859-13 encoding
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
- Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
+8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian,
+ Croatian,
+ Czech,
+ German,
+ Hungarian,
+ Polish,
+ Romanian,
+ Slovak and Slovenian
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
- this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
- is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX
+(EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese,
+ used especially on UNIX OSes,
+ since 2001 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030,
+ as GB18030 is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX
you should try to use the encoding Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
- except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
- replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX
- you
- should try to use the encoding Unicode
+(GBK) for simplified Chinese,
+ is the same as the Windows code page CP 936 except for the Euro currency sign,
+ since 2001 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030,
+ as GB18030 is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ you should try to use the encoding Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
+8859-5) covers Belorussian,
+ Bulgarian,
+ Macedonian,
+ Serbian and Ukrainian
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
+1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew,
+ a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese,
+ uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
CJK
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! CJK
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+CJK
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, when using this, set the document language to
+,
+ when using this,
+ set the document language to
\family sans
Japanese (CJK)
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese,
+ uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
CJK
\series default
-, when using this, set the document language to
+,
+ when using this,
+ set the document language to
\family sans
Japanese
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese,
+ uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
japanese
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! japanese
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+japanese
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, when using this, set the document language to
+,
+ when using this,
+ set the document language to
\family sans
Japanese
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese,
+ uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
japanese
\series default
-, when using this, set the document language to
+,
+ when using this,
+ set the document language to
\family sans
Japanese
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+(SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese,
+ uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
japanese
\series default
-, when using this, set the document language to
+,
+ when using this,
+ set the document language to
\family sans
Japanese
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
+8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto,
+ Galician,
+ Maltese and Turkish
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
- Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
- to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
+8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian,
+ Croatian,
+ Finnish,
+ French,
+ German,
+ Hungarian,
+ Irish Gaelic,
+ Italian,
+ Polish,
+ Romanian and Slovenian,
+ is designed to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
- Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
+8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish,
+ is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! CJK
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+CJK
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
- (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
+ (for the languages Chinese,
+ Japanese and Korean)
\change_inserted -712698321 1557596410
.
This encoding is selected by \SpecialChar LyX
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
-, which use Unicode directly, without the help of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ which use Unicode directly,
+ without the help of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
inputenc
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! ucs
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ucs
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
(
\change_deleted -712698321 1557596443
-comprehensive,
+comprehensive,
+
\change_unchanged
-including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
+including Latin,
+ Greek,
+ Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
\change_inserted -712698321 1557596475
This used to be more comprehensive than
(utf8)
\family default
-, but meanwhile it is rather outdated.
+,
+ but meanwhile it is rather outdated.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! inputenc
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+inputenc
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\change_deleted -712698321 1557596266
-Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
- is supported.
+Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts) is supported.
\change_inserted -712698321 1557596400
This encoding is selected by \SpecialChar LyX
with the default encoding (
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
- English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
- Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
- encoding instead
+8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian,
+ Catalan,
+ Danish,
+ Dutch,
+ English,
+ Faroese,
+ Finnish,
+ French,
+ Galician,
+ German,
+ Icelandic,
+ Irish,
+ Italian,
+ Norwegian,
+ Portuguese,
+ Spanish and Swedish;
+ better use the ISO-8859-15 encoding instead
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
- sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
+8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding,
+ but with the Euro currency sign,
+ the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Colors
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! main text
+Color
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+main text
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! background
+Color
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+background
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! Shaded boxes
+Color
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Shaded boxes
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! Greyed-out notes
+Color
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Greyed-out notes
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Main text
\family default
- (default: black), for
+ (default:
+ black),
+ for
\family sans
Greyed
\begin_inset space ~
out notes
\family default
- (default: light grey)for the background color for the
+ (default:
+ light grey)for the background color for the
\family sans
Page
\family default
- (default: white) and for
+ (default:
+ white) and for
\family sans
Shaded
\begin_inset space ~
boxes
\family default
- (default: red).
+ (default:
+ red).
The button
\family sans
Reset
\family sans
Change
\family default
- opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from
- a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values.
- In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them
- later more quickly.
+ opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values.
+ In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them later more quickly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note, if you change the
+Note,
+ if you change the
\family sans
Main
\begin_inset space ~
properties
\family default
-, you probably also need to change the link font color as described in section
+,
+ you probably also need to change the link font color as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\family sans
Page
\family default
- background for every page in your document if you use these commands as
- \SpecialChar TeX
+ background for every page in your document if you use these commands as \SpecialChar TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\series bold
black
\series default
-,
+,
+
\series bold
blue
\series default
-,
+,
+
\series bold
cyan
\series default
-,
+,
+
\series bold
green
\series default
-,
+,
+
\series bold
magenta
\series default
-,
+,
+
\series bold
red
\series default
-,
+,
+
\series bold
white
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-If you have changed a text or background color, you can use the following
- names to refer to them:
+If you have changed a text or background color,
+ you can use the following names to refer to them:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
+To see how to define and use custom colors,
+ see section
\emph on
Colored
\begin_inset space ~
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
- Alternatively to the menu or toolbar, you can set here whether changes
- are being tracked and whether they are shown in the output.
+ Alternatively to the menu or toolbar,
+ you can set here whether changes are being tracked and whether they are shown in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted -712698321 1577207214
-Additionally, you can advise
+Additionally,
+ you can advise
\change_inserted 630872221 1622044204
\SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\change_inserted 5863208 1558620379
-You can typeset lines numbering in the output file by enabling the checkbox
- at the bottom.
- The functionality is handled by package lineno and additional options of
- this package can be used as well.
+You can typeset lines numbering in the output file by enabling the checkbox at the bottom.
+ The functionality is handled by package lineno and additional options of this package can be used as well.
The most common one are:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\change_inserted 5863208 1558620589
-switch Line number to the outer margin (left – even pages, right – odd pages)
-
+switch Line number to the outer margin (left – even pages,
+ right – odd pages)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! biblatex
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+biblatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+
\series bold
natbib
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! natbib
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+natbib
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! jurabib
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+jurabib
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
should be used.
If you use Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-, you can enable a
+,
+ you can enable a
\family sans
Sectioned bibliography
\family default
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! bibtopic
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+bibtopic
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\noun on
Biblatex
\noun default
-, you can select the style files and specify further options.
- Finally, you can select a document-specific
+,
+ you can select the style files and specify further options.
+ Finally,
+ you can select a document-specific
\family sans
Processor
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\family sans
Processor
\family default
- that will generate your index and you can define additional indexes (see
- section
+ that will generate your index and you can define additional indexes (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Index"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! amsmath
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+amsmath
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\series bold
amssymb
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! amssymb
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+amssymb
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
+
\series bold
cancel
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! cancel
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+cancel
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
+
\series bold
esint
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! esint
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+esint
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+
\series bold
mathdots
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! mathdots
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+mathdots
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\series bold
mathtools
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! mathtools
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+mathtools
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+
\series bold
mhchem
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! mhchem
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+mhchem
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\series bold
stackrel
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! stackrel
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+stackrel
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+
\series bold
stmaryrd
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! stmaryrd
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+stmaryrd
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! undertilde
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+undertilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, or to use them automatically when they are needed.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ or to use them automatically when they are needed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
+amsmath is needed for many constructs,
+ so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
-errors in formulas,
ensure that you have this enabled.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-amssymb is needed for some special math symbols like bold or upright Greek
- letters, so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
--errors in formulas, ensure that you have this
- enabled.
+amssymb is needed for some special math symbols like bold or upright Greek letters,
+ so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-errors in formulas,
+ ensure that you have this enabled.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-cancel is used for canceled formulas, see section
+cancel is used for canceled formulas,
+ see section
\emph on
Canceled
\begin_inset space ~
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-esint is used for special integral characters, see section
+esint is used for special integral characters,
+ see section
\emph on
Big
\begin_inset space ~
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
+mathdots is used for special ellipses,
+ see section
\emph on
Ellipses
\emph default
\backslash
overbracket
\series default
-,
+,
+
\series bold
\backslash
underbracket
\series default
-,
+,
+
\series bold
\backslash
smashoperator
\series default
-,
+,
+
\series bold
\backslash
adjustlimits
\series default
-,
+,
+
\series bold
\backslash
splitfrac
\series default
-,
+,
+
\series bold
\backslash
shortintertext
\series default
- and labeled arrows, see the corresponding sections in the
+ and labeled arrows,
+ see the corresponding sections in the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
+mhchem is used for chemical equations,
+ see section
\emph on
Chemical Symbols and Equations
\emph default
\backslash
stackrel
\series default
-, see section
+,
+ see section
\emph on
Relations
\emph default
\backslash
utilde
\series default
-, see section
+,
+ see section
\emph on
Accents for one Character
\emph default
\family sans
Level
\family default
-s, specify the
+s,
+ specify the
\family sans
Font
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Itemize"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\family default
by inserting in this field the \SpecialChar LaTeX
command of the desired character.
- For example to use the € sign, you have to insert the command
+ For example to use the € sign,
+ you have to insert the command
\series bold
\backslash
circlearrowright$
\series default
.
- To find the command for a math symbol, create a formula and hover the mouse
- over the desired symbol in the math toolbar.
+ To find the command for a math symbol,
+ create a formula and hover the mouse over the desired symbol in the math toolbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
Some characters require to load special \SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages in the preamble (menu
-
+-packages in the preamble (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Branches"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Format: The format that is used when you enter
+Format:
+ The format that is used when you enter
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
+,
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
File Formats
\family default
-, see section
+,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-programs If this is switched on, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+programs If this is switched on,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
is run with the
\family typewriter
-shell-escape
\family default
option which is needed with some packages.
- Note that this comes with security risks, so please use this only when
- really necessary and if you know what you are doing.
+ Note that this comes with security risks,
+ so please use this only when really necessary and if you know what you are doing.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- constructs (such as labels or index entries) are placed outside of so-called
-
+ constructs (such as labels or index entries) are placed outside of so-called
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
\end_inset
in \SpecialChar LaTeX
- (such as sections or captions), even if the corresponding insets are
- placed in such context in \SpecialChar LyX
+ (such as sections or captions),
+ even if the corresponding insets are placed in such context in \SpecialChar LyX
.
- This setting is on by default, since it prevents nasty \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ This setting is on by default,
+ since it prevents nasty \SpecialChar LaTeX
errors.
- If you rely on labels or index entries being kept inside the problematic
- macros, you can uncheck this.
- If you don't know what we are talking about here, worry not: just leave
- it checked.
+ If you rely on labels or index entries being kept inside the problematic macros,
+ you can uncheck this.
+ If you don't know what we are talking about here,
+ worry not:
+ just leave it checked.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\family sans
Save transient properties
\family default
- controls whether document settings that are frequently switched or that
- are specific to the user are saved with the document.
+ controls whether document settings that are frequently switched or that are specific to the user are saved with the document.
The properties that are affected by option are currently:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Disabling the option can prevent issues in collaborative work and/or when
- using a version control system (for instance unnecessary merge conflicts).
+Disabling the option can prevent issues in collaborative work and/or when using a version control system (for instance unnecessary merge conflicts).
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
In this text field you can enter commands to load special \SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages or to
- define \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages or to define \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands.
The preamble is a thing for \SpecialChar LaTeX
-experts.
- You should not enter commands here until you know exactly what you are
- doing.
+ You should not enter commands here until you know exactly what you are doing.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
User Interface File
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Customization ! of toolbars
+Customization
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+of toolbars
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Customization ! of menus
+Customization
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+of menus
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
- interface (ui) file.
+The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user interface (ui) file.
A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
The file
\emph on
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these files
- and edit the entries.
+To create your own menu and toolbar layout,
+ start with a copy of these files and edit the entries.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: the
+The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward:
+ the
\family sans
Menubar
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Menu
\family default
\family sans
Submenu
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Item
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
OptItem
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Separator
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Icon,
+
\family default
and in the case of the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For example, assuming you use the menu
+For example,
+ assuming you use the menu
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
Bookmarks
\family default
- quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
- line
+ quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks,
+ you can add the line
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Enable tool tips in main work area
\family default
- enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
- or footnotes.
+ enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries or footnotes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Restore window layouts and geometries
\family default
\SpecialChar LyX
-'s main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used in
- the last \SpecialChar LyX
+'s main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used in the last \SpecialChar LyX
session.
\end_layout
\family sans
Restore cursor positions
\family default
- sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
- the last session.
+ sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of the last session.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Clear all session information
\family default
deletes all information from previous \SpecialChar LyX
- sessions (cursor positions, names
- of last opened documents, etc.).
+ sessions (cursor positions,
+ names of last opened documents,
+ etc.).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Backup ! Documents
+Backup
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Documents
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Backup original documents when saving
\family default
- creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
- it was saved the last time.
+ creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676618729
+opened or when it was
+\change_unchanged
+saved the last time.
It is stored in the
\family sans
Backup
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paths"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\family default
is specified.
The backup file has the file extension
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676618692
+
+\family typewriter
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
+\change_unchanged
.lyx~
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676618694
+
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676618670
+ and the same name than the original file.
+ If a
+\family sans
+Backup
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+directory
+\family default
+ is specified,
+ the file has the full path in its file name,
+ separated by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+
+\family typewriter
+!MyDir!MySubDir!Filename.lyx~
+\family default
+.
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676618585
.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676622933
+If the option
+\family sans
+Make auto-save snapshots every X minutes
+\family default
+ is checked,
+ LyX furthermore automatically saves snapshots of the current document (including unsaved changes) in the specified interval if there are unsaved changes.
+ These files which are stored as
+\family typewriter
+#<filename>.lyx#
+\family default
+ in the document's directory are overwritten on each auto-save cycle and deleted when the document is closed normally.
+ Should \SpecialChar LyX
+ crash with unsaved changes and the restoration from the emergency file fail,
+ this file can be used as a resort.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676623063
+Please read section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Safety-Nets"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for more details on \SpecialChar LyX
+'s diverse backup and safety mechanisms.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676619117
With the option
\family sans
-Backup documents, every
+Backup documents,
+ every
\family default
-, you can specify the time between backup saves.
+,
+ you can specify the time between backup saves.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Compressed"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
This applies to newly created documents only.
The compression status of existing documents is not changed when saving.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676619181
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1676619393
+
+\family sans
+Save the document directory path
+\family default
+ stores the path of the document in the \SpecialChar LyX
+ file.
+ This is particularly handy if you have included files (such as graphics or child documents) which are referred to with relative paths.
+ The option then allows moving the document elsewhere and still finding these included files if they are still in their original directories.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1676618508
+Apart from that LyX autosaves document in regular intervals.
+ It is used to restore unsaved changes in the document if the program crashes.
+ The temporary file name is
+\family typewriter
+#<filename>.lyx#
+\family default
+.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
Open documents in tabs
\family default
- is not checked, every file will be opened in its own new instance of \SpecialChar LyX
+ is not checked,
+ every file will be opened in its own new instance of \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paths"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_inset
is specified.
- If it is checked, \SpecialChar LyX
- documents will be opened in the same running instance
- of \SpecialChar LyX
+ If it is checked,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ documents will be opened in the same running instance of \SpecialChar LyX
.
Otherwise a new \SpecialChar LyX
instance is created for each file.
\family sans
Single close-tab button
\family default
- is checked, there will only be one close button (
+ is checked,
+ there will only be one close button (
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
\family default
) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
- Regardless of this option, one can always close a tab by middle-clicking
- it in the tab bar.
+ Regardless of this option,
+ one can always close a tab by middle-clicking it in the tab bar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
For this option you have to restart \SpecialChar LyX
before the change takes effect.
\family sans
Closing last view
\family default
- you one can decide if a document is closed or hidden when its tab or view
- is closed.
+ you one can decide if a document is closed or hidden when its tab or view is closed.
Hidden documents are accessible via the menu
\family sans
View\SpecialChar menuseparator
Hidden
\family default
.
- Not to close documents can be useful if you open files parallel in several
- instances of \SpecialChar LyX
+ Not to close documents can be useful if you open files parallel in several instances of \SpecialChar LyX
and only want to close the view in once instance.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Screen Fonts
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font ! Screen
+Font
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Screen
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
This section only deals with the fonts
\emph on
\emph default
the \SpecialChar LyX
window.
- The fonts that appear in the output are independent of these fonts, and
- set in the menu
+ The fonts that appear in the output are independent of these fonts,
+ and set in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By default, \SpecialChar LyX
+By default,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
uses
\family typewriter
Times
\family sans
Roman
\family default
- (serif) font,
+ (serif) font,
+
\family typewriter
Arial
\family default
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-inch, see Appendix
+inch,
+ see Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Units-available-in"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Document-Font"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Colors
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! \SpecialChar LyX
+Color
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LyX
screen
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Color
+Settings
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Color
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Here you can change the screen colors used by \SpecialChar LyX
- by choosing an item in the
- list and selecting the
+ by choosing an item in the list and selecting the
\family sans
Alter
\family default
the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
The colors
\family sans
-cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
+cursor,
+ selection,
+ table line,
+ text,
+ URL
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Display
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Display
+Settings
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Display
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Editing
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Editing
+Settings
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Editing
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Cursor follows scrollbar
\family default
- sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
- scrolling.
+ sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when scrolling.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can adjust the width of the cursor.
- If you set the value to zero, the thickness of the cursor scales relative
- to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
+ If you set the value to zero,
+ the thickness of the cursor scales relative to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
do not
\emph default
track changes.
- In such documents, change-tracked text will be copied and pasted as is
- (keeping
+ In such documents,
+ change-tracked text will be copied and pasted as is (keeping
\emph on
addition
\emph default
deletion
\emph default
markup) with this option selected.
- It the option is not selected, pasted text will be inserted without any
- markup (i.
+ It the option is not selected,
+ pasted text will be inserted without any markup (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-e., as
+e.,
+ as
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
\emph on
do
\emph default
- track changes, pasted text is
+ track changes,
+ pasted text is
\emph on
always
\emph default
\family sans
Edit math macros
\family default
- options determine the editing style for math macros, see the section
+ options determine the editing style for math macros,
+ see the section
\emph on
Math Macros
\emph default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Opening-cited-documents"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
Limit text width
\family default
you can specify the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
- This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
- appears centered.
+ This way you can display the text smaller than the screen;
+ the text then appears centered.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Shortcuts
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Shortcuts
+Settings
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Shortcuts
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
specifies the file to be used to bind a \SpecialChar LyX
function to a key.
- Several binding files are available, among them:
+ Several binding files are available,
+ among them:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-(x)emacs.bind a set of bindings similar to those used in the editor programs
-
+(x)emacs.bind a set of bindings similar to those used in the editor programs
\family sans
Emacs
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are also binding files designed for special document classes, like
-
+There are also binding files designed for special document classes,
+ like
\shape italic
broadway.bind
\shape default
-, and binding files for special languages.
- The names of language binding files begin with a language code, e.
+,
+ and binding files for special languages.
+ The names of language binding files begin with a language code,
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
for Portuguese.
If you use \SpecialChar LyX
- in a certain language, \SpecialChar LyX
- will try to use the appropriate binding
- file.
+ in a certain language,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will try to use the appropriate binding file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Some binding files, like
+Some binding files,
+ like
\shape italic
math.bind
\shape default
-, only have a limited scope.
+,
+ only have a limited scope.
When looking at the end of the file
\shape italic
cua.bind
\shape default
-, you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
+,
+ you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
containing
\family default
- allows you to search for the shortcut provided for a particular function
- in the selected key binding file.
+ allows you to search for the shortcut provided for a particular function in the selected key binding file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Key Bindings ! Editing
+Key Bindings
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Editing
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To add new or modify existing key bindings to your own taste you can use
- the table in the dialog that lists all \SpecialChar LyX
+To add new or modify existing key bindings to your own taste you can use the table in the dialog that lists all \SpecialChar LyX
functions and the bound shortcuts.
- To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
- provides the field
+ To find functions easily,
+ they are grouped by categories and the dialog provides the field
\family sans
Show key-bindings containing
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and you get the four different existing shortcuts for the three different
- functions that contain
+ and you get the four different existing shortcuts for the three different functions that contain
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
in their name.
- As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
+ As you can see,
+ one function can have more than one shortcut.
All \SpecialChar LyX
functions are also listed in the file
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For example, to add the shortcut
+For example,
+ to add the shortcut
\family sans
Alt+Q
\family default
\family sans
textstyle-apply
\family default
-, select the function and press the
+,
+ select the function and press the
\family sans
Modify
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by starting the \SpecialChar LyX
- Function
- definition with “
+ Function definition with “
\family typewriter
command
\change_deleted -131811572 1600337868
\change_unchanged
alternatives
\family default
-” and following it with the different function names as a semicolon separated
- list.
+” and following it with the different function names as a semicolon separated list.
\SpecialChar LyX
- will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
- part.
+ will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't like a particular shortcut, you can remove it.
+If you don't like a particular shortcut,
+ you can remove it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying binding files with
- a text editor.
+Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying binding files with a text editor.
The syntax of the entries is:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note, though, that the key combination definition uses a specific syntax.
+Note,
+ though,
+ that the key combination definition uses a specific syntax.
This applies to the designators of specific modifier keys (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.,
+g.,
+
\family typewriter
M
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family typewriter
S
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family typewriter
C
\family default
\family sans
Meta/Alt
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Shift
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Ctrl
\family default
-, respectively) as well as to the other keys.
- Note particularly that you cannot use non-alphanumeric characters directly
- in the definition of the key combination, but must use commands following
- the Xlib standard instead (please refer to the existing bind files for
- a model).
+,
+ respectively) as well as to the other keys.
+ Note particularly that you cannot use non-alphanumeric characters directly in the definition of the key combination,
+ but must use commands following the Xlib standard instead (please refer to the existing bind files for a model).
So if you wanted to bind a command to the key combination
\family sans
Alt+Shift+:
\family default
-, you needed to specify it as
+,
+ you needed to specify it as
\family typewriter
M-S-colon
\family default
.
- If you use the dialog to edit key bindings, you don't have to care for
- these specifics.
+ If you use the dialog to edit key bindings,
+ you don't have to care for these specifics.
\SpecialChar LyX
transforms your input to the correct syntax.
\end_layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Keyboard Map
+Settings
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Keyboard Map
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Normally keyboard settings are made in a menu of your operating system.
- For the case where this is not possible, \SpecialChar LyX
+ For the case where this is not possible,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
provides keyboard maps.
- If, for example, you have a Czech keyboard but want to use it as if it
- is a Romanian one, you can enable
+ If,
+ for example,
+ you have a Czech keyboard but want to use it as if it is a Romanian one,
+ you can enable
\family sans
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\family sans
Second
\family default
- keyboard map and, if you use the
+ keyboard map and,
+ if you use the
\emph on
cua
\emph default
- bindings, you can select the first and second with
+ bindings,
+ you can select the first and second with
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "keymap-primary"
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
- Keyboard maps can only provide a makeshift solution and don't work on all
- systems.
+ Keyboard maps can only provide a makeshift solution and don't work on all systems.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Wheel scrolling speed
\family default
.
- The standard value is 1.0; higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
- slow it down.
+ The standard value is 1.0;
+ higher values speed up the scrolling,
+ lower ones slow it down.
With the option
\family sans
Middle mouse button pasting
\family default
- you can determine if pressing the middle mouse button (or the mouse wheel)
- inserts the content of the clipboard.
+ you can determine if pressing the middle mouse button (or the mouse wheel) inserts the content of the clipboard.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
zoom,
+
\family default
you can select a key for zooming.
- When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
+ When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated,
+ the text is zoomed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Input-Completion"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Paths
+Settings
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paths
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The paths to the various resources used by \SpecialChar LyX
- are normally determined during
- the installation.
+ are normally determined during the installation.
But there may be reasons why you might want to modify them.
\end_layout
\family sans
Open
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
Save
\family default
\series bold
Note:
+
\series default
The
\family sans
directory
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Backup ! Directory
+Backup
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Directory
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Backup documents"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-, the
+,
+ the
\family sans
Working directory
\family default
\series bold
Example:
+
\series default
You add a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
database
programs
\family default
.
- If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
-
+ If you want to get one entry of the database as citation,
+ select it in
\family typewriter
JabRef
\family default
and click on the \SpecialChar LyX
symbol.
- The entry will now be inserted as a citation at the current cursor position
- in your \SpecialChar LyX
+ The entry will now be inserted as a citation at the current cursor position in your \SpecialChar LyX
file.
- Of course,
+ Of course,
+
\family typewriter
JabRef
\family default
\family sans
Single instance
\family default
- feature, see section
+ feature,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Backup documents"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_inset
To use the \SpecialChar LyX
-Server-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
+Server-Pipe on Windows,
+ you must use this pipe name:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_inset
dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
- You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does not work or if you want
- to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
+ You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
-
+dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
\family typewriter
Hunspell
\family default
\family typewriter
Hunspell
\family default
- and spell checking does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative
- dictionaries.
+ and spell checking does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
For \SpecialChar LyX
on Windows
\family typewriter
Hunspell
\family default
- is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
- a directory.
+ is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying a directory.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
When \SpecialChar LyX
- needs to use an external program, it looks in this list to see where
- to find it on the system.
+ needs to use an external program,
+ it looks in this list to see where to find it on the system.
The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when \SpecialChar LyX
-
- is configured; so you normally don't have to modify it.
+ is configured;
+ so you normally don't have to modify it.
On Unix
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
- programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
+Linux systems,
+ the path list will need to be set only if there are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows you to use external files
- which are included in a \SpecialChar LyX
+prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows you to use external files which are included in a \SpecialChar LyX
document via commands in \SpecialChar TeX
- code or in the document
- preamble.
- This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
- a single dot '.').
- The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
- of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
- If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
- scanned for the input files.
- Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
- to be relative to the directory of your \SpecialChar LyX
+ code or in the document preamble.
+ This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by a single dot '.').
+ The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
+ If files are included,
+ the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be scanned for the input files.
+ Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered to be relative to the directory of your \SpecialChar LyX
file.
- It is recommended that you always include '.' as one of the paths; otherwise
- compilation may fail for some documents.
+ It is recommended that you always include '.' as one of the paths;
+ otherwise compilation may fail for some documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
E-mail
\family default
address.
- These will be used when you have enabled change tracking, as described
- in section
+ These will be used when you have enabled change tracking,
+ as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
-, to mark changes you make as yours.
+,
+ to mark changes you make as yours.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Language Settings
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Language ! Settings
+Language
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Language
+Settings
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Language
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
language Here you can select the language for \SpecialChar LyX
's menus.
- You can find its actual translation status here:
+ You can find its actual translation status here:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "https://www.lyx.org/I18n"
package determines which \SpecialChar LaTeX
package should be loaded to handle language issues.
- Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
- as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
+ Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! babel
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
-; it is the default language package in classic \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+;
+ it is the default language package in classic \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
More recent typesetting engines such as Xe\SpecialChar TeX
and Lua\SpecialChar TeX
- come with the alternative
- language package
+ come with the alternative language package
\series bold
polyglossia
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! polyglossia
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+polyglossia
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
that is more suited to the multi-script support of these engines.
- Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
- covered by
+ Furthermore,
+ there are also specific language packages for languages not covered by
\series bold
babel
\series default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Language-encodings"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
babel
\series default
(which provides several alternative commands with different behavior),
- or if you use a custom language package with specific commands, such as
-
+ or if you use a custom language package with specific commands,
+ such as
\series bold
Arab\SpecialChar TeX
\end_inset
-, which needs
+,
+ which needs
\change_deleted -712698321 1563708616
An example is
\change_unchanged
Arab\SpecialChar TeX
\series default
-, see
+,
+ see
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Arabic"
\change_inserted -712698321 1563708571
\family default
-, whereby
+,
+ whereby
\family sans
$$lang
\family default
- is a placeholder that is substituted with the respective language name
- in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ is a placeholder that is substituted with the respective language name in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
output
\change_unchanged
.
\series bold
polyglossia
\series default
-, this setting is ignored.
+,
+ this setting is ignored.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\family sans
Command start
\family default
- needs to be explicitly ended, as in
+ needs to be explicitly ended,
+ as in
\series bold
babel
\series default
.
\change_deleted -712698321 1563708866
-Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
- command toggles the package on and off
+Some packages,
+ like the default,
+ don't have an end command since the start command toggles the package on and off
\change_inserted -712698321 1563858041
-Empty by default, as
+Empty by default,
+ as
\family typewriter
\backslash
selectlanguage{$$lang}
\family default
- does not need to be explicitly ended (the switch remains valid until the
- next
+ does not need to be explicitly ended (the switch remains valid until the next
\family typewriter
\backslash
\series bold
polyglossia
\series default
-, this setting is ignored.
+,
+ this setting is ignored.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-separator Defines the default decimal point for use in tables (decimal point
- alignment).
+separator Defines the default decimal point for use in tables (decimal point alignment).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\change_inserted -712698321 1563709052
If
\change_unchanged
- this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added
+ this option is set,
+ the languages used in the document will be added
\change_deleted -712698321 1563709127
as options
\change_unchanged
rather than the language package options.
\change_deleted -712698321 1563709186
,
+
\change_unchanged
\change_deleted -712698321 1563709191
\change_inserted -712698321 1563709305
Since the document class passes all options in gets to all loaded \SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages,
- all language-aware packages will be informed about the used languages this
- way
+ all language-aware packages will be informed about the used languages this way
\change_unchanged
.
\change_inserted -712698321 1563709331
If
\change_unchanged
- this option is set,
+ this option is set,
+
\change_inserted -712698321 1563709808
the language switch defined in
\family sans
start
\family default
- is output at the beginning of the document, thereby explicitly switching
- to the document language.
+ is output at the beginning of the document,
+ thereby explicitly switching to the document language.
This assures that the correct language is used in any case.
This might be needed if you use a non-default
\family sans
start
\family default
or if a package resets the document language.
- If not set, the language that is active at document start is used (this
- usually should be the document language).
+ If not set,
+ the language that is active at document start is used (this usually should be the document language).
\change_deleted -712698321 1563709548
documents start with the chosen document language.
- When this option is not set, the
+ When this option is not set,
+ the
\family sans
Command
\begin_inset space ~
\change_inserted -712698321 1563709618
If
\change_unchanged
- set, the
+ set,
+ the
\family sans
Command
\begin_inset space ~
languages
\change_inserted -712698321 1563709877
-If set, all
+If set,
+ all
\change_deleted -712698321 1563709877
T
\change_inserted -712698321 1563709878
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-language If set, \SpecialChar LyX
- will switch the input language if the keyboard map is
- switched via the operating system.
- This is particularly useful if you switch between languages with different
- scripts (e.
+language If set,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will switch the input language if the keyboard map is switched via the operating system.
+ This is particularly useful if you switch between languages with different scripts (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., English and Hebrew: in this case, switching the keyboard to Hebrew will
- automatically switch the input language to Hebrew as well, and vice versa).
+g.,
+ English and Hebrew:
+ in this case,
+ switching the keyboard to Hebrew will automatically switch the input language to Hebrew as well,
+ and vice versa).
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
- like Arabic, Hebrew or Farsi.
+support Enables the use of languages,
+ written from right to left (RTL),
+ like Arabic,
+ Hebrew or Farsi.
\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\change_deleted -712698321 1563710171
RTL
\change_inserted -712698321 1563710286
-scripts with right-to-left direction (e.g., Arabic, Hebrew or Farsi).
+scripts with right-to-left direction (e.g.,
+ Arabic,
+ Hebrew or Farsi).
\change_deleted -712698321 1563857456
-, you can define if the left and right arrow keys move the cursor visually
- to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
+,
+ you can define if the left and right arrow keys move the cursor visually to the left or right,
+ respectively,
+ or logically.
\change_inserted -712698321 1563859701
\family default
means that the cursor
\change_inserted -712698321 1563859940
-follows the logic of the text direction, and the arrows' direction relates
- to the directionality of the main paragraph language.
+follows the logic of the text direction,
+ and the arrows' direction relates to the directionality of the main paragraph language.
E.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., in embedded right-to-left text in a left-to-right paragraph (say, Hebrew
- embedded in English), the cursor starts at the right (that is, at the
+g.,
+ in embedded right-to-left text in a left-to-right paragraph (say,
+ Hebrew embedded in English),
+ the cursor starts at the right (that is,
+ at the
\emph on
beginning
\emph default
- of the embedded passage in the right-to-left logic) when coming from the
- left.
- The meaning of the key is thus swapped for that part; right arrow in this
- specific case always means: move
+ of the embedded passage in the right-to-left logic) when coming from the left.
+ The meaning of the key is thus swapped for that part;
+ right arrow in this specific case always means:
+ move
\emph on
forward
\emph default
- in text (even if this means:
+ in text (even if this means:
+
\emph on
move left
\emph default
\change_deleted -712698321 1563857456
is moved to the left when pressing the right arrow key
\change_inserted -712698321 1563859705
-This setting might be useful in texts that mix left-to-right and right-to-left
- scripts, since the cursor then follows a coherent
+This setting might be useful in texts that mix left-to-right and right-to-left scripts,
+ since the cursor then follows a coherent
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Visual
\family default
- means: always move to the direction towards which the arrows really point.
- In this case, in embedded right-to-left text in a left-to-right paragraph,
- the cursor starts at the left (in the text logic:
+ means:
+ always move to the direction towards which the arrows really point.
+ In this case,
+ in embedded right-to-left text in a left-to-right paragraph,
+ the cursor starts at the left (in the text logic:
+
\emph on
from the end
\emph default
) when coming from the left.
- The visual meaning of the key is thus maintained in all cases, at the expense
- of the text logic.
+ The visual meaning of the key is thus maintained in all cases,
+ at the expense of the text logic.
\change_deleted -712698321 1563857456
and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
\change_inserted -712698321 1563858627
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-separator Defines the default decimal separator for use in tables (decimal
- separator alignment).
- By default, the appropriate character for the current language is selected
- (e.
+separator Defines the default decimal separator for use in tables (decimal separator alignment).
+ By default,
+ the appropriate character for the current language is selected (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., dot for English, comma for German), but you can also specify a specific
- (static) custom character here.
+g.,
+ dot for English,
+ comma for German),
+ but you can also specify a specific (static) custom character here.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Spellchecking"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\family sans
Postscript
\family default
-, see section
+,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Export"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
- the menu
+length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
format
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Date format
+Settings
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Date format
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! \SpecialChar LaTeX
+Settings
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
\end_layout
\family sans
T2A
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
T2B
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
T2C
\family default
-,
+,
+
\family sans
LCY
\family default
X2
\family default
are used for Cyrillic.
- Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
+ Combinations of the encodings are possible,
+ like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-T1, T2B
+T1,
+ T2B
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
- \SpecialChar LyX
+ The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages \SpecialChar LyX
sets up in the background.
So there is no need to change the default encoding.
\change_unchanged
\family sans
xdvi
\family default
- is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
+ is used as DVI-viewer,
+ read its manual to find out more.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
- But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
- manuals of the applications.
+ But before you change something,
+ it is strongly recommended to read the manuals of the applications.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
+generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
+generation Settings for the generation of the index,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Index-Program"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
+command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Nomenclature-Program"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
+files Uses paths in the notation of Windows,
+ that means that
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
This option is enabled by default when you use \SpecialChar LyX
on Windows.
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Paths
+Settings
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paths
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
Handling
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
- from one format to another.
+Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material from one format to another.
You can modify converters or create new ones.
- To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the
+ To modify a converter,
+ select it,
+ change the entry of the
\family sans
Converter
\family default
Modify
\family default
button.
- To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
- in the
+ To create a new converter,
+ select an existing one,
+ select a different format in the
\family sans
To
\begin_inset space ~
format
\family default
- drop-down list, modify the
+ drop-down list,
+ modify the
\family sans
Converter
\family default
\family sans
Enabled
\family default
-, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
+,
+ conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
\family sans
Maximum Age (in days
\family default
).
- This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
- a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
+ This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen a document;
+ the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
- definition, is described in the section
+More about converters,
+ like the flags that can be used in the converter definition,
+ is described in the section
\emph on
Converters
\emph default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family default
that is used when you use
\family sans
-View, Update, View Master Document
+View,
+ Update,
+ View Master Document
\family default
or
\family sans
\begin_layout Standard
Since all conversions from one format to another take place in \SpecialChar LyX
-'s temporary
- directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
- to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
+'s temporary directory,
+ it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
This is done by specifying a
\family sans
Copier
Units available in \SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Units"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_inset
The \SpecialChar LyX
- Team:
+ Team:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Credits"
\end_inset
-Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
+Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
+
\emph on
The \SpecialChar LaTeX
Companion Second Edition.
\emph default
- Addison-Wesley, 2004
+ Addison-Wesley,
+ 2004
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\end_inset
Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
- Daly:
+ Daly:
+
\emph on
A Guide to \SpecialChar LaTeX
Fourth Edition.
\emph default
- Addison-Wesley, 2003
+ Addison-Wesley,
+ 2003
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\end_inset
-Leslie Lamport:
+Leslie Lamport:
+
\emph on
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-: A Document Preparation System.
+:
+ A Document Preparation System.
\emph default
- Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
+ Addison-Wesley,
+ second edition,
+ 1994
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
book.
\emph default
- Addison-Wesley, 1984
+ Addison-Wesley,
+ 1984
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! biblatex
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+biblatex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! biber
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+biber
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119703
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119754
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "xindex"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/xindex/doc/xindex-doc.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the program
+\family sans
+xindex
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1667119749
+
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/xindex/doc/xindex-doc.pdf
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! caption
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+caption
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! enumitem
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+enumitem
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! fancyhdr
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+fancyhdr
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! hyperref
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+hyperref
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! microtype
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+microtype
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! nomencl
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+nomencl
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! prettyref
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+prettyref
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages ! refstyle
+ packages
+\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+refstyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\backslash
mybibname
\backslash
-; 2}
+;
+ 2}
\end_layout
\end_inset
bibname
\series default
is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
- It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
- bibliography is the second one:
+ It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following bibliography is the second one:
\end_layout
\end_inset
\backslash
-unskip,
+unskip,
+
\backslash
hyperlink{page.#1}{page
\backslash
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This command makes the page number a clickable hyperlink, see sec.
+This command makes the page number a clickable hyperlink,
+ see sec.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Nomenclature-Options"
+nolink "false"
\end_inset
projects / lyx.git / blobdiff